dwww Home | Manual pages | Find package

MPlayer(1)                     The Movie Player                     MPlayer(1)

NAME
       mplayer  - movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS
       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device]
       [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer
       [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION
       mplayer  is  a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms and
       CPU architectures, see the documentation).   It  plays  most  MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files,  supported  by  many  native  and  binary
       codecs.   You  can watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV
       and even H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer supports a wide range of video and audio  output  drivers.   It
       works  with  X11,  Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca, Di-
       rectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL  (and
       all  their  drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even without
       X11), some low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx  and  ATI)
       and  some  hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens DVB, Haup-
       pauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support soft-
       ware or hardware scaling, so you can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer  has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc), Cyrillic and Ko-
       rean fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, Sub-
       Rip,  OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS and
       our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed  Cap-
       tions).

       mencoder  (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable
       formats  (see  below).   It  encodes  to MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the
       libavcodec codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3  passes.   Fur-
       thermore  it  has  stream  copying  abilities, a powerful filter system
       (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV conver-
       sion) and more.

       gmplayer  is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  Besides some own
       options (stored in gui.conf), it has the same options as MPlayer,  how-
       ever  some  MPlayer options will be stored in gui.conf so that they can
       be chosen independently from MPlayer. (See GUI CONFIGURATION  FILE  be-
       low.)

       Usage  examples  to  get you started quickly can be found at the end of
       this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL
       MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven  control  layer  which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
              LEFT and RIGHT
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              UP and DOWN
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              PGUP and PGDWN
                   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
              [ and ]
                   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
              { and }
                   Halve/double current playback speed.
              BACKSPACE
                   Reset playback speed to normal.
              < and >
                   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
              ENTER
                   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
              HOME and END
                   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
              INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
                   next/previous alternative source.
              p / SPACE
                   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
              .
                   Step forward.  Pressing once will pause movie,  every  con-
                   secutive  press  will play one frame and then go into pause
                   mode again (any other key unpauses).
              q / ESC
                   Stop playing and quit.
              U
                   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
              + and -
                   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              / and *
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              9 and 0
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              ( and )
                   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
              m
                   Mute sound.
              _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available video tracks.
              # (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
              TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available programs.
              f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              T
                   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
              w and e
                   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
              o
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek  +  timer  /  seek  +
                   timer + total time.
              d
                   Toggle  frame  dropping  states: none / skip display / skip
                   decoding (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
              v
                   Toggle subtitle visibility.
              j and J
                   Cycle through the available subtitles.
              y and g
                   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
              F
                   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
              a
                   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
              x and z
                   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              c (-capture only)
                   Start/stop capturing the primary stream.
              r and t
                   Move subtitles up/down.
              i (-edlout mode only)
                   Set start or end of an EDL skip and write  it  out  to  the
                   given file.
              s (-vf screenshot only)
                   Take a screenshot.
              S (-vf screenshot only)
                   Start/stop taking screenshots.
              I
                   Show filename on the OSD.
              P
                   Show  progression  bar,  elapsed time and total duration on
                   the OSD.
              ! and @
                   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
              D (-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
                   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
              A    Cycle through the available DVD angles.

              (The following keys are valid only when using a hardware  accel-
              erated  video  output  (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga, etc), the software
              equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

              1 and 2
                   Adjust contrast.
              3 and 4
                   Adjust brightness.
              5 and 6
                   Adjust hue.
              7 and 8
                   Adjust saturation.

              (The following keys are valid only  when  using  the  quartz  or
              corevideo video output driver.)

              command + 0
                   Resize movie window to half its original size.
              command + 1
                   Resize movie window to its original size.
              command + 2
                   Resize movie window to double its original size.
              command + f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              command + [ and command + ]
                   Set movie window alpha.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video out-
              put driver.)

              c
                   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
              n
                   Restore original mode.

              (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multi-
              media keys.)

              PAUSE
                   Pause.
              STOP
                   Stop playing and quit.
              PREVIOUS and NEXT
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

              (The  following  keys  are only valid if you compiled with TV or
              DVB input support and will take precedence over the keys defined
              above.)

              h and k
                   Select previous/next channel.
              n
                   Change norm.
              u
                   Change channel list.

              (The  following  keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav
              support: They are used to navigate the menus.)

              keypad 8
                   Select button up.
              keypad 2
                   Select button down.
              keypad 4
                   Select button left.
              keypad 6
                   Select button right.
              keypad 5
                   Return to main menu.
              keypad 7
                   Return to nearest menu (the order of preference  is:  chap-
                   ter->title->root).
              keypad ENTER
                   Confirm choice.

              (The  following  keys  are used for controlling TV teletext. The
              data may come from either an analog TV source or an MPEG  trans-
              port stream.)

              X
                   Switch teletext on/off.
              Q and W
                   Go to next/prev teletext page.

       mouse control
              button 3 and button 4
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
              button 5 and button 6
                   Decrease/increase volume.

       joystick control
              left and right
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              button 1
                   Pause.
              button 2
                   Toggle  OSD  states:  none  /  seek / seek + timer / seek +
                   timer + total time.
              button 3 and button 4
                   Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE
       Every 'flag' option has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g.  the  opposite  of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If  an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination
       with the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for  -ao  pcm  suboptions)
       supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with exter-
       nal GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES
       You can put all of the options in configuration  files  which  will  be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run.  The system-wide configuration
       file 'mplayer.conf' is in  your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is '~/.mplay-
       er/config'.  The configuration file for MEncoder is 'mencoder.conf'  in
       your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mplayer  or /usr/local/etc/
       mplayer), the user specific one  is  '~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf'.   User
       specific  options  override  system-wide  options (in case of gmplayer,
       gui.conf options override user specific options) and options  given  on
       the  command  line override all.  The syntax of the configuration files
       is 'option=<value>', everything after a '#' is  considered  a  comment.
       Options  that  work  without  values  can be enabled by setting them to
       'yes' or '1' or 'true' and disabled by setting them to 'no' or  '0'  or
       'false'.  Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

       You  can  also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to
       have a configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a  file
       named  'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put it
       in ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file  in  the  same
       directory  as  the  file  to  be  played,  as  long  as  you  give  the
       -use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your  global
       config  file).   If  a file-specific configuration file is found in the
       same directory, no file-specific configuration is loaded from ~/.mplay-
       er.   In  addition, the -use-filedir-conf option enables directory-spe-
       cific configuration files.  For this, MPlayer first  tries  to  load  a
       mplayer.conf  from the same directory as the file played and then tries
       to load any file-specific configuration.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8
       # OSD progress bar vertical alignment
       progbar-align=50

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

       GUI CONFIGURATION FILE

       GUI's own options are (MPlayer option  names  in  parentheses):  ao_al-
       sa_device  (alsa:device=)  (ALSA only), ao_alsa_mixer (mixer) (ALSA on-
       ly), ao_alsa_mixer_channel (mixer-channel) (ALSA  only),  ao_esd_device
       (esd:)  (ESD  only),  ao_extra_stereo  (af extrastereo) (default: 1.0),
       ao_extra_stereo_coefficient  (af  extrastereo=),  ao_oss_device  (oss:)
       (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer (mixer) (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer_channel (mix-
       er-channel) (OSS only), ao_sdl_subdriver (sdl:) (SDL only), ao_surround
       (unused),  ao_volnorm  (af  volnorm),  autosync  (enable/disable),  au-
       tosync_size (autosync), cache (enable/disable), cache_size (cache), en-
       able_audio_equ  (af equalizer), equ_band_00 ... equ_band_59, (af equal-
       izer=), equ_channel_1 ... equ_channel_6 (af channels=), gui_main_pos_x,
       gui_main_pos_y,   gui_save_pos   (yes/no),   gui_tv_digital   (yes/no),
       gui_video_out_pos_x,  gui_video_out_pos_y,  load_fullscreen   (yes/no),
       playbar (enable/disable), replay_gain (enable/disable), replay_gain_ad-
       justment (-30..10), show_videowin (yes/no), vf_lavc (vf lavc) (DXR3 on-
       ly), vf_pp (vf pp), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3 only).

       MPlayer  options  stored  in gui.conf (GUI option names, MPlayer option
       names in parentheses) are: a_afm (afm), ao_driver (ao), ass_bottom_mar-
       gin  (ass-bottom-margin)  (ASS  only),  ass_enabled  (ass)  (ASS only),
       ass_top_margin (ass-top-margin) (ASS only),  ass_use_margins  (ass-use-
       margins)  (ASS  only), cdrom_device (cdrom-device), dvd_device (dvd-de-
       vice), font_autoscale (subfont-autoscale)  (FreeType  only),  font_blur
       (subfont-blur)   (FreeType   only),  font_encoding  (subfont-encoding),
       font_factor (ffactor), font_name (font),  font_osd_scale  (subfont-osd-
       scale) (FreeType only), font_outline (subfont-outline) (FreeType only),
       font_text_scale (subfont-text-scale) (FreeType only), gui_skin  (skin),
       idle  (idle),  osd_level (osdlevel), playlist_support (allow-dangerous-
       playlist-parsing), softvol (softvol),  stopxscreensaver  (stop-xscreen-
       saver), sub_auto_load (autosub), sub_cp (subcp) (iconv only), sub_over-
       lap (overlapsub), sub_pos  (subpos),  sub_unicode  (unicode),  sub_utf8
       (utf8), v_flip (flip), v_framedrop (framedrop), v_idx (idx), v_ni (ni),
       v_vfm (vfm), vf_autoq (autoq), vo_direct_render  (panscan),  vo_double-
       buffering (dr), vo_driver (vo), vo_panscan (double).

PROFILES
       To  ease  working with different configurations profiles can be defined
       in the configuration files.  A profile starts  with  its  name  between
       square  brackets,  e.g.  '[my-profile]'.  All following options will be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can be de-
       fined  with the profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start another
       one or use the profile name 'default' to continue with normal options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS
       -codecpath <dir>
              Specify a directory for binary codecs.

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
              Override the standard search path and use the specified file in-
              stead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file> (also see -gui-include)
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       -list-options
              Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
              Convert  console  messages  to  the specified character set (de-
              fault: autodetect).  Text will be in the encoding specified with
              the --charset configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to disable
              conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
              NOTE: The option takes effect after  command  line  parsing  has
              finished.  The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
              get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
              Enable colorful console output on terminals  that  support  ANSI
              color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
              Control  verbosity  directly  for each module.  The 'all' module
              changes the verbosity of all the modules not  explicitly  speci-
              fied  on  the  command line.  See '-msglevel help' for a list of
              all modules.
              NOTE: Some messages are  printed  before  the  command  line  is
              parsed  and are therefore not affected by -msglevel.  To control
              these messages you have to use the  MPLAYER_VERBOSE  environment
              variable, see its description below for details.
              Available levels:
                 -1   complete silence
                  0   fatal messages only
                  1   error messages
                  2   warning messages
                  3   short hints
                  4   informational messages
                  5   status messages (default)
                  6   verbose messages
                  7   debug level 2
                  8   debug level 3
                  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
              Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
              Do not parse selected configuration files.
              NOTE:  If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at
              the command line, they will be honoured.

              Available options are:
                 all
                      all configuration files
                 gui (GUI only)
                      GUI configuration file
                 system
                      system configuration file
                 user
                      user configuration file

       -quiet
              Make console output less verbose; in  particular,  prevents  the
              status  line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:  0.068 ...) from being
              displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones
              which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
              Set  process  priority  for  MPlayer according to the predefined
              priorities available under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of
              <prio>:
                 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
              Use  the  given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the
              defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
              Display even less output and status messages than  with  -quiet.
              Also suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
              Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directo-
              ry as the file that is being played.
              WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
              Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v  found  on  the
              command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
              Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the
              available spare CPU time.  The number you specify  will  be  the
              maximum  level  used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
              have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order  for  this  to
              work.

       -autosync <factor>
              Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V  sync based on audio delay measure-
              ments.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default,  will  cause  frame
              timing to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.  Speci-
              fying -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly  change  the
              A/V  correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a movie
              which plays fine with -nosound can often be  helped  by  setting
              this  to an integer value greater than 1.  The higher the value,
              the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync 30  to
              smooth  out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a
              perfect audio delay measurement.  With this value, if large  A/V
              sync  offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to
              settle out.  This delay in reaction time to sudden  A/V  offsets
              should  be  the  only side-effect of turning this option on, for
              all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
              Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped  frames  at  the
              end  of playback.  Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null
              for benchmarking only the video codec.
              NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore  frame  duration
              when playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
              Changes  the  colorkey to an RGB value of your choice.  0x000000
              is black and 0xffffff is white.  Only supported by  the  cvidix,
              fbdev,  svga,  vesa,  winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo
              xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
              Disables colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev,  sv-
              ga,  vesa,  winvidix,  xmga,  xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo xv:ck),
              xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
              Switches MPlayer to an experimental mode  where  timestamps  for
              video  frames are calculated differently and video filters which
              add new frames or modify timestamps of existing  ones  are  sup-
              ported.  The more accurate timestamps can be visible for example
              when playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the -ass  op-
              tion.   Without  -correct-pts the subtitle timing will typically
              be off by some frames.  This option does not work correctly with
              some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
              Automatically  attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must
              be compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses
              as  a double-click (default: 300).  Set to 0 to let your window-
              ing system decide what a double-click is (-vo directx only).
              NOTE: You will get slightly  different  behaviour  depending  on
              whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
              Creates  a  new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records
              to it.  During playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the start  or
              end  of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from which
              the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.  See http://www.mplay-
              erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       -edl-backward-delay <number>
              When  using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is pos-
              sible to end up in the middle of an EDL record.   In  that  case
              MPlayer will seek further backwards to the start position of the
              EDL record and then immediately skip the scene specified in  the
              EDL  record.  To avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to a
              fixed time interval before the start of the  EDL  record.   This
              parameter  allows  you  to specify that time interval in seconds
              (default: 2 seconds).

       -edl-start-pts
              Adjust positions in EDL  records  according  to  playing  file's
              start time.  Some formats, especially MPEG TS usually start with
              non-zero PTS values and when producing EDL file with -edlout op-
              tion,  EDL records contain absolute values that are correct only
              for this particular file.  If re-encoded into a  different  for-
              mat, this EDL file no longer applies.  Specifying -edl-start-pts
              will automatically adjust EDL positions according to start time:
              when producing EDL file, it will substract start time from every
              EDL record, when playing with EDL file, it will add file's start
              time to every EDL position.

       -noedl-start-pts
              Disable adjusting EDL positions.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
              Enqueue  files given on the command line in the playlist instead
              of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
              Enforces a fixed video system for multiple files  (one  (un)ini-
              tialization  for  all files).  Therefore only one window will be
              opened for all  files.   Currently  the  following  drivers  are
              fixed-vo  compliant:  gl,  gl_tiled,  mga,  svga, x11, xmga, xv,
              xvidix and dfbmga.

       -framedrop  (also  see  -hardframedrop,  experimental  without  -nocor-
       rect-pts)
              Skip  displaying  some  frames to maintain A/V sync on slow sys-
              tems.  Video filters are not applied to  such  frames.   For  B-
              frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
              Enable  or  disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary
              name).  Only works as the first argument on  the  command  line.
              Does not work as a config-file option.

       -gui-include <GUI configuration file> (also see -include) (GUI only)
              Specify  a GUI configuration file to be parsed after the default
              gui.conf.

       -h, -help, --help
              Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads  to  image
              distortion!  Note that especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash
              with this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds  during  playback  via
              system() - i.e. using the shell.

              NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
              responsibility to ensure it does  not  cause  security  problems
              (e.g. make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on
              Windows).  It also only works when playing video (i.e. not  with
              -novideo but works with -vo null).

              This  can  be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not sup-
              port the proper X API (also  see  -stop-xscreensaver).   If  you
              think this is too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
              program to support the proper X APIs.

              EXAMPLE  for  xscreensaver:  mplayer  -heartbeat-cmd   "xscreen-
              saver-command -deactivate" file

              EXAMPLE    for   GNOME   screensaver:   mplayer   -heartbeat-cmd
              "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -heartbeat-interval
              Specify how often the -heartbeat-cmd should be executed, in sec-
              onds between executions (default: 30.0).

       -identify
              Shorthand  for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in an
              easily parseable format.  Also prints more detailed  information
              about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.  In some cases
              you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
              example, for a DVD or Blu-ray it will list the chapters and time
              length of each title, as well as a disk ID.  Combine  this  with
              -frames  0  to  suppress  all  video output.  The wrapper script
              TOOLS/midentify.sh  suppresses  the  other  MPlayer  output  and
              (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
              Makes  MPlayer  wait  idly  instead of quitting when there is no
              file to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can  be
              controlled through input commands.
              For gmplayer -idle is the default, -noidle will quit the GUI af-
              ter all files have been played.

       -input <commands>
              This option can be used to configure certain parts of the  input
              system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
              NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

              Available commands are:

                 conf=<filename>
                      Specify  input configuration file other than the default
                      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
                      if no full path is given.
                 ar-dev=<device>
                      Device  to  be  used for Apple IR Remote (default is au-
                      todetected, Linux only).
                 ar-delay
                      Delay in milliseconds before we start  to  autorepeat  a
                      key (0 to disable).
                 ar-rate
                      Number  of key presses to generate per second on autore-
                      peat.
                 (no)default-bindings
                      Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
                 keylist
                      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
                 cmdlist
                      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
                 js-dev
                      Specifies the joystick device to use (default:  /dev/in-
                      put/js0).
                 file=<filename>
                      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a
                      FIFO.
                      NOTE: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer  opens  both
                      ends  so  you  can do several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe'
                      and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
              Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key  events  (default:
              7).   A  FIFO  of  size n can buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too
              small some events may be lost.  If it is too  big,  MPlayer  may
              seem to hang while it processes the buffered events.  To get the
              same behavior as before this option was introduced, set it to  2
              for  Linux or 1024 for Windows.  For small value you should dis-
              able double-clicks by setting -doubleclick-time to 0 so they  do
              not compete with regular events for buffer space.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
              Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
              Loops  movie  playback  <number>  times.   0 means forever.  Use
              -loop 0 to automatically reconnect to live streaming URLs.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
              Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
              Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
              Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -menu-chroot /home
                      Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and down-
                      ward  (i.e.  no  access  to  /  will  be  possible,  but
                      /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
              File browser starts from the last known location instead of cur-
              rent directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
              Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
              Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
              Permit  MPlayer  to receive pointer events reported by the video
              output driver.  Necessary to select the buttons  in  DVD  menus.
              Supported  for  X11-based  VOs  (x11, xv, xvmc, etc) and the gl,
              gl_tiled, direct3d and corevideo VOs.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
              Prevent MPlayer from reading key  events  from  standard  input.
              Useful when reading data from standard input.  This is automati-
              cally enabled when - is found on the command  line.   There  are
              situations  where  you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open
              /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use  stdin  in  a
              playlist  or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile
              or loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
              Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
              Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
              Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's  context
              menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
              Turns  on  usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as
              timing mechanism.  This wakes up the process every  1/1024  sec-
              onds  to check the current time.  Useless with modern Linux ker-
              nels configured for desktop use as  they  already  wake  up  the
              process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -pausing <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies  the  default  pausing  behaviour  of  commands,  i.e.
              whether MPlayer will continue playback or stay paused after  the
              command  has  finished.  See DOCS/tech/slave.txt for further de-
              tails.
                 0    resume
                 1    pause (pausing)
                 2    keep the paused / playing status (pausing_keep)
                 3    toggle the paused / playing status (pausing_toggle)
                 4    pause   without   frame   step   (experimental)   (paus-
                      ing_keep_force)

       -playing-msg <string>
              Print  out a string before starting playback.  The following ex-
              pansions are supported:

                 ${NAME}
                      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

                 ?(NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

                 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
              Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp,  SMIL,  or
              one-file-per-line format).
              WARNING:  The  way MPlayer parses and uses playlist files is not
              safe against maliciously  constructed  files.   Such  files  may
              trigger harmful actions.  This has been the case for all MPlayer
              versions, but unfortunately this fact was  not  well  documented
              earlier,  and  some people have even misguidedly recommended use
              of -playlist with untrusted sources.  Do NOT use -playlist  with
              random internet sources or files you don't trust!
              NOTE:  This option is considered an entry so options found after
              it will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
              FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -allow-dangerous-playlist-parsing
              This enables parsing any file as a playlist if e.g. a server ad-
              vertises  a  file  as  playlist.   Only  enable  if you know all
              servers involved are trustworthy.  MPlayer's  playlist  code  is
              not designed to handle malicious playlist files.

       -rtc-device <device>
              Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
              Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the de-
              fault skin directories, ~/.mplayer/skins/ and  /usr/local/share/
              mplayer/skins/.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -skin fittyfene
                      Tries ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and afterwards /usr/lo-
                      cal/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
              Switches on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend  for
              other programs.  Instead of intercepting keyboard events, MPlay-
              er will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from stdin.
              NOTE: See -input cmdlist  for  a  list  of  slave  commands  and
              DOCS/tech/slave.txt  for  their  description.  Also, this is not
              intended to disable other inputs, e.g. via the video window, use
              some  other method like -input nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null
              for that.

       -softsleep
              Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time  instead  of
              asking  the kernel to wake up MPlayer at the correct time.  Use-
              ful if your kernel timing is imprecise and you  cannot  use  the
              RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
              Skip  <sec>  seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of
              the movie is kept, so playback is  accelerated.   Since  MPlayer
              can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

       -udp-ip <ip>
              Sets the destination address for datagrams sent by the -udp-mas-
              ter.  Setting it to a broadcast address allows  multiple  slaves
              having  the  same  broadcast  address to sync to the master (de-
              fault: 127.0.0.1).

       -udp-master
              Send a datagram to -udp-ip on -udp-port just before playing each
              frame.   The  datagram  indicates  the  master's position in the
              file.

       -udp-port <port>
              Sets the destination port for datagrams sent by the -udp-master,
              and the port a -udp-slave listens on (default: 23867).

       -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
              When  the  master seeks, the slave has to decide whether to seek
              as well, or to catch up by decoding frames without  pausing  be-
              tween  frames.   If  the  master is more than <sec> seconds away
              from the slave, the slave seeks.  Otherwise, it "runs" to  catch
              up  or  waits for the master.  This should almost always be left
              at its default setting of 1 second.

       -udp-slave
              Listen on -udp-port and match the master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
       -a52drc <level>
              Select the  Dynamic  Range  Compression  level  for  AC-3  audio
              streams.   <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0
              means no compression and 1 (which is  the  default)  means  full
              compression  (make  loud  passages  more silent and vice versa).
              Values up to 2 are also accepted, but are  purely  experimental.
              This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the
              required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM:  0-127,
              VOB(AC-3):   128-159,   VOB(LPCM):  160-191,  MPEG-TS  17-8190).
              MPlayer prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose  (-v)
              mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use
              the first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio substream channel.  Currently the  valid  range  is
              0x55..0x75  and  applies only to MPEG-TS when handled by the na-
              tive demuxer (not by libavformat).  The format type may  not  be
              correctly  identified  because  of how this information (or lack
              thereof) is embedded in the stream, but it will demux  correctly
              the audio streams when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer
              prints the available substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
              Specify a priority list of audio languages  to  use.   Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and  NUT  use
              ISO 639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
              identifier.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run  in
              verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
                      Chooses  the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
              Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+'  before  the
              name  to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
              name as printed by -audio-demuxer help.  For  backward  compati-
              bility  it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/
              demuxer.h.  -audio-demuxer audio  or  -audio-demuxer  17  forces
              MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
              Play  audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while
              viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
              Enables caching for the stream used  by  -audiofile,  using  the
              specified amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
              Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is
              closed.

       -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
              Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers
              that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
              you want to watch live streamed media behind a slow  connection.
              With Real RTSP streaming, it is also used to set the maximum de-
              livery bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream  dump-
              ing.

       -bluray-angle <angle ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multi-
              ple angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use  (de-
              fault: 1).

       -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
              Specify  the  Blu-ray  disc  location.  Must be a directory with
              Blu-ray structure.

       -cache <kBytes>
              This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes)  to  use  when
              precaching a file or URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
              Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
              Playback  will  start when the cache has been filled up to <per-
              centage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the
              cache  size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for the
              cache to be filled to this position  rather  than  performing  a
              stream seek (default: 50).

       -capture (MPlayer only)
              Allows capturing the primary stream (not additional audio tracks
              or other kind of streams) into the file specified  by  -dumpfile
              or by default.  If this option is given, capturing can be start-
              ed and stopped by pressing the key bound to this  function  (see
              section  INTERACTIVE  CONTROL).   Same  as for -dumpstream, this
              will likely not produce usable results for  anything  else  than
              MPEG  streams.  Note that, due to cache latencies, captured data
              may begin and end somewhat delayed compared to what you see dis-
              played.

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
              This  option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of
              MPlayer.

              Available options are:

                 speed=<value>
                      Set CD spin speed.

                 paranoia=<0-2>
                      Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem  to  break
                      playback of anything but the first track.
                         0: disable checking (default)
                         1: overlap checking only
                         2: full data correction and verification

                 generic-dev=<value>
                      Use specified generic SCSI device.

                 sector-size=<value>
                      Set atomic read size.

                 overlap=<value>
                      Force  minimum  overlap  search  during  verification to
                      <value> sectors.

                 toc-bias
                      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as  reported
                      in  the  TOC  will  be addressed as LBA 0.  Some Toshiba
                      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

                 toc-offset=<value>
                      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when address-
                      ing tracks.  May be negative.

                 (no)skip
                      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
              Request  the  number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer
              asks the decoder to decode the audio into as  many  channels  as
              specified.  Then it is up to the decoder to fulfill the require-
              ment.  This is usually only important when playing  videos  with
              AC-3  audio  (like DVDs).  In that case liba52 does the decoding
              by default and correctly downmixes the audio into the  requested
              number  of  channels.   To directly control the number of output
              channels independently of how many channels are decoded, use the
              channels filter.
              NOTE:  This  option  is  honored  by codecs (AC-3 only), filters
              (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

              Available options are:

                 2    stereo
                 4    surround
                 6    full 5.1
                 8    full 7.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>]
              Specify which chapter to start playing at.   Optionally  specify
              which chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
              Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
              Read  HTTP  cookies  from  <filename>  (default: ~/.mozilla/ and
              ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file
              is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
              audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
              Negative  values  delay the audio, and positive values delay the
              video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of the -audio-delay
              MEncoder option.
              NOTE:  When  used  with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work
              correctly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
              Ignore the specified starting time for streams in AVI files.  In
              MPlayer,  this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with the
              -audio-delay option.  During encoding, this option prevents MEn-
              coder  from  transferring original stream start times to the new
              file; the -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note  that  MEn-
              coder  sometimes  adjusts stream starting times automatically to
              compensate for anticipated decoding delays, so do not  use  this
              option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
              Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this
              will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -de-
              muxer  help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the de-
              muxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
              Dumps raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful  with
              MPEG/AC-3,  in  most  other cases the resulting file will not be
              playable).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
              Specify  which  file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used to-
              gether with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream / -capture.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
              Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
              DVD  or  network.   If  you  give  more  than one of -dumpaudio,
              -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only  the  last  one
              will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
              Dump  raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very us-
              able).  If you give more than  one  of  -dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
              Pass  the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order
              to override the default ones:

                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
                 file=<filename>
                      Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from  <file-
                      name>.         Default        is        ~/.mplayer/chan-
                      nels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your  card  type)
                      or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
                 timeout=<1-240>
                      Maximum  number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a
                      frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
              Specify the DVD device or  .iso  filename  (default:  /dev/dvd).
              You  can also specify a directory that contains files previously
              copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
              Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base  speed
              is  about  1350KB/s,  so  a  8x  drive  can read at speeds up to
              10800KB/s.  Slower speeds make the drive more quiet, for  watch-
              ing  DVDs 2700KB/s should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer re-
              sets the speed to the drive default value on close.  Values less
              than  100  mean multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8 selects
              10800KB/s.
              NOTE: You need write access to the  DVD  device  to  change  the
              speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
              Some  DVD  discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple
              angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
              1).

       -edl <filename>
              Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video
              will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted accord-
              ing  to  the entries in the given file.  See http://www.mplayer-
              hq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
              Stop at given time or byte position.
              NOTE: Byte position may not be accurate, as it can only stop  at
              a  frame  boundary.   When  used in conjunction with -ss option,
              -endpos time will shift forward by seconds specified with -ss if
              not a byte position.  In addition it may not work well or not at
              all when used with any of the -dump options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 56 seconds.
                 -endpos 01:10:00
                      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
                 -ss 10 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
                 mplayer -endpos 100mb
                      Stop playback after reading 100MB of the input file.
                 mencoder -endpos 100mb
                      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
              Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V
              desync,  etc).   This will enable seeking in files where seeking
              was not possible.  You can fix the index permanently  with  MEn-
              coder (see the documentation).
              NOTE:  This  option  only works if the underlying media supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
              Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong
              or missing.

       -frames <number>
              Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
              Hi-res  MP3  seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3
              file, as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep  A/V
              sync.   Can  be  slow especially when seeking backwards since it
              has to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -http-header-fields <field1,field2>
              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

              EXAMPLE:
                      mplayer  -http-header-fields  'Field1:  value1','Field2:
                      value2' http://localhost:1234
                      Will generate HTTP request:
                         GET / HTTP/1.0
                         Host: localhost:1234
                         User-Agent: MPlayer
                         Icy-MetaData: 1
                         Field1: value1
                         Field2: value2
                         Connection: close

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
              Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
              Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
              NOTE: This option only works if the  underlying  media  supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip  rebuilding  index  file.  MEncoder skips writing the index
              with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
              Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still  be  used  for
              IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
              The  file  from  which  to  read  the  video index data saved by
              -saveidx.  This index will be used for seeking,  overriding  any
              index  data  contained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will not pre-
              vent you from loading an index file generated from  a  different
              AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
              NOTE:  This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML sup-
              port.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
              maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)
              -mc 0 should always be combined with -noskip for mencoder,  oth-
              erwise it will almost certainly cause A-V desync.

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
              Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

              Available options are:

                 w=<value>
                      input file width (default: autodetect)
                 h=<value>
                      input file height (default: autodetect)
                 fps=<value>
                      output fps (default: 25)
                 type=<value>
                      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni    Force  treating  files as non-interleaved.  In particular forces
              usage of non-interleaved AVI parser (fixes playback of some  bad
              AVI files).  Can also help playing files that otherwise play au-
              dio and video alternating instead of at the same time.  This can
              significantly increase memory usage, thus it would be preferable
              to fix interleaving of affected files.

       -nobps (AVI only)
              Do not use average byte/second value for A-V sync.   Helps  with
              some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
              Disables  extension-based  demuxer  selection.  By default, when
              the file type (demuxer) cannot be detected  reliably  (the  file
              has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename exten-
              sion is used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back  on  con-
              tent-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
              Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
              Use  IPv4  on network connections.  Falls back on IPv6 automati-
              cally.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
              Use IPv6 on network connections.  Falls back on  IPv4  automati-
              cally.

       -psprobe <byte position>
              When  playing  an  MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams, this option lets
              you specify how many bytes in the stream  you  want  MPlayer  to
              scan  in order to identify the video codec used.  This option is
              needed to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
              This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture
              module.   It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder based
              card  supported  by  the  V4L2  driver.   The  Hauppauge   WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500  and  all  IVTV based cards are known as PVR
              capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
              is  able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For hardware
              capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder,
              use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

              Available options are:

                 aspect=<0-3>
                      Specify input aspect ratio:
                         0: 1:1
                         1: 4:3 (default)
                         2: 16:9
                         3: 2.21:1

                 arate=<32000-48000>
                      Specify  encoding  audio rate (default: 48000 Hz, avail-
                      able: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

                 alayer=<1-5>
                      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

                 abitrate=<32-448>
                      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

                 amode=<value>
                      Specify audio encoding mode.   Available  preset  values
                      are  'stereo',  'joint_stereo',  'dual'  and 'mono' (de-
                      fault: stereo).

                 vbitrate=<value>
                      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default:
                      6).

                 vmode=<value>
                      Specify video encoding mode:
                         vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
                         cbr: Constant BitRate

                 vpeak=<value>
                      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful
                      for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

                 fmt=<value>
                      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
                         ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
                         ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
                         mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
                         vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
                         svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
                         dvd:   DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
              These options set various parameters of the radio  capture  mod-
              ule.  For listening to radio with MPlayer use 'radio://<frequen-
              cy>' (if channels option is not given) or 'radio://<channel_num-
              ber>' (if channels option is given) as a movie URL.  You can see
              allowed frequency range by running MPlayer with '-v'.  To  start
              the grabbing subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/cap-
              ture'.  If the capture keyword is not given you  can  listen  to
              radio  using the line-in cable only.  Using capture to listen is
              not recommended due to  synchronization  problems,  which  makes
              this process uncomfortable.

              Available options are:

                 device=<value>
                      Radio  device to use (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux and
                      /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

                 driver=<value>
                      Radio driver to use (default: v4l2 if available,  other-
                      wise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are support-
                      ed.

                 volume=<0..100>
                      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

                 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

                 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

                 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
                      Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in  names  (or  play
                      with  quoting ;-).  The channel names will then be writ-
                      ten using OSD and the slave commands  radio_step_channel
                      and  radio_set_channel  will be usable for a remote con-
                      trol (see LIRC).  If given, number in movie URL will  be
                      treated as channel position in channel list.
                      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

                 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Name  of  device  to capture sound from.  Without such a
                      name capture will be disabled, even if the capture  key-
                      word appears in the URL.  For ALSA devices use it in the
                      form hw=<card>.<device>.  If the device name contains  a
                      '=', the module will use ALSA to capture, otherwise OSS.

                 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
                      NOTE:  When  using  audio  capture  set  also  -rawaudio
                      rate=<value> option with the same value  as  arate.   If
                      you  have  problems with sound speed (runs too quickly),
                      try  to  play   with   different   rate   values   (e.g.
                      48000,44100,32000,...).

                 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw audio files.  You have to use -de-
              muxer rawaudio as well.  It may also be used to play  audio  CDs
              which are not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3 streams
              use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

              Available options are:

                 channels=<value>
                      number of channels
                 rate=<value>
                      rate in samples per second
                 samplesize=<value>
                      sample size in bytes
                 bitrate=<value>
                      bitrate for rawaudio files
                 format=<value>
                      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw video files.  You have to use -de-
              muxer rawvideo as well.

              Available options are:

                 fps=<value>
                      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
                 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
                      set standard image size
                 w=<value>
                      image width in pixels
                 h=<value>
                      image height in pixels
                 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
                      set colorspace
                 format=<value>
                      colorspace  (fourcc)  in  hex  or  string constant.  Use
                      -rawvideo format=help for a list of possible strings.
                 size=<value>
                      frame size in Bytes

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
                      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
                 mplayer  sample-720x576.yuv   -demuxer   rawvideo   -rawvideo
                 w=720:h=576
                      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -referrer <string> (network only)
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       -rtsp-port
              Used  with  'rtsp://'  URLs  to  force the client's port number.
              This option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to
              forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
              Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address to
              be bound.  This option may be useful with some RTSP server which
              do  not send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the connec-
              tion to the RTSP server fails, use -v to see  which  IP  address
              MPlayer  tries to bind to and try to force it to one assigned to
              your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
              Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting  incoming
              RTP  and  RTCP  packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP
              connection as RTSP).  This option may be useful if  you  have  a
              broken internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP pack-
              ets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
              Used with 'http://' URLs to specify that the resulting  incoming
              RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over HTTP.

       -saveidx <filename>
              Force  index  rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.  Cur-
              rently this only works with AVI files.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML  sup-
              port.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
              Seek  to  byte position.  Useful for playback from CD-ROM images
              or VOB files with junk at the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.
              Not  guaranteed  to  work  correctly  with  -oac  copy.  Add -af
              scaletempo to get past the 4x limit on playback.

       -srate <Hz>
              Select the output sample rate to be used (of course sound  cards
              have  limits on this).  If the sample frequency selected is dif-
              ferent from that of the current media, the resample  or  lavcre-
              sample audio filter will be inserted into the audio filter layer
              to compensate for the difference.  The type of resampling can be
              controlled  by  the  -af-adv option.  The default is fast resam-
              pling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
              Seek to given time position.  Use -ss nopts to disable  seeking,
              -ss 0 has different behaviour.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ss 56
                      Seeks to 56 seconds.
                 -ss 01:10:00
                      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
              Tells  MPlayer  not  to discard TS packets reported as broken in
              the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
              many  bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the de-
              sired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option
              which  program  (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with
              -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
              This option tunes various properties of the TV  capture  module.
              For watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_num-
              ber>' or even  'tv://<channel_name>  (see  option  channels  for
              channel_name   below)   as  a  movie  URL.   You  can  also  use
              'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie from a composite or
              S-Video input (see option input for details).

              Available options are:

                 noaudio
                      no sound

                 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
                      If  signal strength reported by device is less than this
                      value, audio and video will be muted.  In most cases au-
                      tomute=100  will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute dis-
                      abled).

                 driver=<value>
                      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in  TV  input
                      drivers.   available:  dummy,  v4l,  v4l2, bsdbt848 (de-
                      fault: autodetect)

                 device=<value>
                      Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the
                      bsdbt848  driver you can provide both bktr and tuner de-
                      vice names separating them with a comma, tuner after bk-
                      tr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

                 input=<value>
                      Specify  input  (default: 0 (TV), see console output for
                      available inputs).

                 freq=<value>
                      Specify  the  frequency  to  set  the  tuner  to   (e.g.
                      511.250).  Not compatible with the channels parameter.

                 outfmt=<value>
                      Specify  the  output  format  of the tuner with a preset
                      value supported by the V4L driver (yv12,  rgb32,  rgb24,
                      rgb16,  rgb15,  uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format
                      given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list  of  all
                      available formats.

                 width=<value>
                      output window width

                 height=<value>
                      output window height

                 fps=<value>
                      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

                 buffersize=<value>
                      maximum  size  of  the  capture buffer in megabytes (de-
                      fault: dynamical)

                 norm=<value>
                      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM,  NTSC  are  available.
                      For  v4l2,  see  the  console  output  for a list of all
                      available norms, also see the normid option below.

                 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
                      Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The  TV  norm
                      depends on the capture card.  See the console output for
                      a list of available TV norms.

                 channel=<value>
                      Set tuner to <value> channel.

                 chanlist=<value>
                      available: argentina,  australia,  china-bcast,  europe-
                      east,  europe-west, france, ireland, italy, japan-bcast,
                      japan-cable, newzealand, russia, southafrica,  us-bcast,
                      us-cable, us-cable-hrc

                 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
                      Set  names  for channels.  NOTE: If <chan> is an integer
                      greater than 1000, it will be treated as  frequency  (in
                      kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
                      Use  _  for  spaces  in names (or play with quoting ;-).
                      The channel names will then be written  using  OSD,  and
                      the  slave  commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and
                      tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
                      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency parameter.
                      NOTE:  The  channel  number will then be the position in
                      the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.
                      EXAMPLE:    tv://1,    tv://TV1,    tv_set_channel    1,
                      tv_set_channel TV1

                 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
                      Set the image equalizer on the card.

                 audiorate=<value>
                      Set input audio sample rate.

                 forceaudio
                      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources report-
                      ed by v4l.

                 alsa
                      Capture from ALSA.

                 amode=<0-3>
                      Choose an audio mode:
                         0: mono
                         1: stereo
                         2: language 1
                         3: language 2

                 forcechan=<1-2>
                      By default, the count of recorded audio channels is  de-
                      termined  automatically  by querying the audio mode from
                      the TV card.  This  option  allows  forcing  stereo/mono
                      recording  regardless of the amode option and the values
                      returned by v4l.  This can be used  for  troubleshooting
                      when  the  TV card is unable to report the current audio
                      mode.

                 adevice=<value>
                      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
                      and a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by
                      a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

                 audioid=<value>
                      Choose an audio output of the capture card,  if  it  has
                      more than one.

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      These  options  set parameters of the mixer on the video
                      capture card.  They will have no effect,  if  your  card
                      does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default val-
                      ue of the control, as reported by the driver.

                 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams)  to
                      the  desired  value and switch off automatic control.  A
                      value of 0 enables automatic control.  If this option is
                      omitted, gain control will not be modified.

                 immediatemode=<bool>
                      A  value  of  0 means capture and buffer audio and video
                      together (default for MEncoder).  A value of 1  (default
                      for  MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the
                      audio go through a loopback cable from the  TV  card  to
                      the sound card.

                 mjpeg
                      Use  hardware  MJPEG  compression  (if the card supports
                      it).  When using this option, you do not need to specify
                      the  width  and  height  of  the  output window, because
                      MPlayer will determine it automatically from the decima-
                      tion value (see below).

                 decimation=<1|2|4>
                      choose  the  size of the picture that will be compressed
                      by hardware MJPEG compression:
                         1: full size
                             704x576    PAL
                             704x480    NTSC
                         2: medium size
                             352x288    PAL
                             352x240    NTSC
                         4: small size
                             176x144    PAL
                             176x120    NTSC

                 quality=<0-100>
                      Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60  recom-
                      mended for full size).

                 tdevice=<value>
                      Specify  TV  teletext  device  (example: /dev/vbi0) (de-
                      fault: none).

                 tformat=<format>
                      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
                         0: opaque
                         1: transparent
                         2: opaque with inverted colors
                         3: transparent with inverted colors

                 tpage=<100-899>
                      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

                 tlang=<-1-127>
                      Specify default teletext  language  code  (default:  0),
                      which  will  be used as primary language until a type 28
                      packet is received.  Useful when the teletext system us-
                      es a non-latin character set, but language codes are not
                      transmitted via teletext type 28 packets for  some  rea-
                      son.  To see a list of supported language codes set this
                      option to -1.

                 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate stream with video  renderer  instead  of  Null
                      renderer (default: off).  Will help if video freezes but
                      audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and
                      -vf crop combination.

                 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate  VideoPort  pin stream with video renderer in-
                      stead of removing it  from  the  graph  (default:  off).
                      Useful  if  your  card  has a VideoPort pin and video is
                      choppy.  NOTE: May not work with  -vo  directx  and  -vf
                      crop combination.

                 system_clock (dshow only)
                      Use  the  system clock as sync source instead of the de-
                      fault graph clock (usually the clock  from  one  of  the
                      live sources in graph).

                 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
                      Create  audio  chunks  with a time length equal to video
                      frame time length (default: off).  Some audio cards cre-
                      ate audio chunks about 0.5s in size, resulting in choppy
                      video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
              Tune the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value  for
              "-tv  channels=" option, including existing and just found chan-
              nels.

              Available suboptions are:

                 autostart
                      Begin channel scanning immediately  after  startup  (de-
                      fault: disabled).

                 period=<0.1-2.0>
                      Specify  delay in seconds before switching to next chan-
                      nel (default: 0.5).   Lower  values  will  cause  faster
                      scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

                 threshold=<1-100>
                      Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as
                      reported by the device (default: 50).  A signal strength
                      higher  than this value will indicate that the currently
                      scanning channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
              Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
              Select video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS:  17-8190).
              When  playing  an  MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the
              first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
              Force audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging  pur-
              poses).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
              Turn  on  SSA/ASS  subtitle rendering.  With this option, libass
              will be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.
              You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.
              NOTE:  Unlike  normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by default. To
              disable it, use -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
              Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.   The  color
              format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
              Adds  a black band at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS ren-
              derer can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
              Sets the color for text subtitles.  The color format  is  RRGGB-
              BAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
              Set  the  scale  coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS
              renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
                 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
              Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
                 0    no hinting
                 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
                 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
                 3    font native hinter
                 0-3 + 4
                      The same, but hinting will only be performed if the  OSD
                      is  rendered at screen resolution and will therefore not
                      be scaled.
                 The default value is 7 (use native hinter  for  unscaled  OSD
                 and no hinting otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
              for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly
              like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
              can place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in  black  borders  when
              they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based JACOsub subtitle format.   Creates  a  dumpsub.js
              file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the
              current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              MPlayer's subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file  in
              the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
              in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a dump-
              sub.srt file in the current directory.
              NOTE:  Some  broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle files
              with Unix line endings.  If you are unlucky enough to have  such
              a  box,  pass  your subtitle files through unix2dos or a similar
              program to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line  end-
              ings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
              Dumps  the  subtitle  substream  from VOB streams.  Also see the
              -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
              Enables extraction of Matroska  embedded  fonts  (default:  dis-
              abled).   These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering
              (-ass option).  Font files are created in  the  ~/.mplayer/fonts
              directory.
              NOTE:  With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are opened
              directly from memory, and this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
              Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
                 0    plain white fonts
                 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
                 1    narrow black outline
                 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
              Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
              Change FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of  commas  in
              subtitles.   Use  this  if  commas in subtitles are shown at the
              start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file, path to font  (FreeType),  font  pattern
       (Fontconfig)>
              Search  for  the  OSD/subtitle fonts in an alternative directory
              (default for normal  fonts:  ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc,  default
              for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf, default for Fontcon-
              fig: "sans-serif").
              NOTE: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the font
              file.   With  Fontconfig,  this option determines the Fontconfig
              font pattern.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
              Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts (default:  autode-
              tect).
              NOTE:  By  default fontconfig is used for libass-rendered subti-
              tles and not used for OSD. With -fontconfig it is used for  both
              libass  and  OSD, with -nofontconfig it is not used at all, i.e.
              only then -font and -subfont will work  with  a  given  path  to
              font.

       -forcedsubsonly
              Display  only  forced  subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream se-
              lected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
              Specifies the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi  when
              decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
              Indicate  the  file  that will be used to load palette and frame
              size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
              Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.  Note: VOBsub  subti-
              tles are not affected.

       -osd-duration <time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osd-fractions <0-2>
              Set how fractions of seconds of the current timestamp are print-
              ed on the OSD:
                 0    Do not display fractions (default).
                 1    Show the first two decimals.
                 2    Show approximated frame  count  within  current  second.
                      This  frame count is not accurate but only an approxima-
                      tion.  For variable fps, the approximation is  known  to
                      be far off the correct frame count.

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
                 0    subtitles only
                 1    volume + seek (default)
                 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
                 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
              Allows  the  next subtitle to be displayed while the current one
              is still visible (default is to enable the support only for spe-
              cific formats).

       -progbar-align <0-100>
              Specify the vertical alignment of the progress bar (0: top, 100:
              bottom, default is 50, i.e. centered).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID>  (0-31).   MPlayer
              prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
              If you cannot select one of the subtitles on  a  DVD,  also  try
              -vobsubid.

       -nosub Disables any otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles (as e.g.
              the Matroska/mkv demuxer supports).  Use -noautosub  to  disable
              the loading of external subtitle files.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1  two  letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three
              letter language codes while OGM  uses  a  free-form  identifier.
              MPlayer  prints the available languages when run in verbose (-v)
              mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
                      Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and  falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
              Antialiasing/scaling  mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may be
              added to <mode> in order to force scaling even when original and
              scaled  frame  size already match.  This can be employed to e.g.
              smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
                 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
                 1    approximate (broken?)
                 2    full (slow)
                 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
                 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
              Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
                 -1   original position
                  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
                  1   Align at center.
                  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
              Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.   Higher  means
              more blur (default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
              Use/display  these  subtitle  files.   Only one file can be dis-
              played at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
              Specify the alpha channel value  for  subtitles  and  OSD  back-
              grounds.  Big values mean more transparency.  0 means completely
              transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
              Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Cur-
              rently  subtitles  are  grayscale so this value is equivalent to
              the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
              Force subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before  the
              name  to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
              name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For backward compatibili-
              ty it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
              Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles (does not
              apply to VOBsub):
                 0    exact match (default)
                 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
                 2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

       -sub-no-text-pp
              Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the
              subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
              Specify  which  edge  of  the subtitles should be aligned at the
              height given by -subpos.
                 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
                 1    Align subtitle center.
                 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc <1-8>
              Display DVD Closed Caption (CC)  subtitles  from  the  specified
              channel.   Values  5 to 8 select a mode that can extract EIA-608
              compatibility streams from EIA-708 data.  These are not the  VOB
              subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing im-
              paired encoded in the VOB userdata stream on most region 1 DVDs.
              CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs from other regions so
              far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
              If your system supports iconv(3), you can  use  this  option  to
              specify the subtitle codepage. It takes priority over both -utf8
              and -unicode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp latin2
                 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
              You can specify your language using a two letter  language  code
              to  make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.  If unsure, en-
              ter anything and watch mplayer  -v  output  for  available  lan-
              guages.   Use  __ (two underscores) if your language is not sup-
              ported.  Fallback codepage specifies the codepage to  use,  when
              autodetection fails.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
                      Guess  the  encoding,  assuming the subtitles are Czech,
                      fall back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
                 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
                      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.
                 -subcp enca:__:latin1
                      Generic detection (mostly unicode) with latin1 fallback.

       -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
              Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

              EXAMPLE: Assuming that /path/to/movie/movie.avi  is  played  and
              -sub-paths sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is specified, MPlayer search-
              es for subtitle files in these directories:
                 /path/to/movie/
                 /path/to/movie/sub/
                 /path/to/movie/subtitles/
                 /tmp/subs/
                 ~/.mplayer/sub/

       -subdelay <sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
              Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
              (OggDS?).

       -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType
       only)
              Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no  -subfont  is  given,
              -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale mode.
              NOTE:  0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in
              points.

              The mode can be:

                 0    no autoscale
                 1    proportional to movie height
                 2    proportional to movie width
                 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value>
              Sets the font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all  the  glyphs
              from  the  font  file  will be rendered and unicode will be used
              (default: unicode). (Without FreeType, setting any  other  value
              than   'unicode'  will  disable  unicode  glyphs  rendering  for
              font.desc files. With FreeType and for other values  than  'uni-
              code'  your  system has to support iconv(3) in order for this to
              work.)

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient  as  percentage  of
              the screen size (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
              NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
              subtitle files and slows them down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-150> (useful with -vf expand)
              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.  The  value  is
              the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.
              Values larger than 100 allow part of the subtitle to be cut off.

       -subwidth <10-100>
              Specify the maximum width of subtitles on  the  screen.   Useful
              for  TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of the
              screen width.

       -noterm-osd
              Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
              output is available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
              Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message
              on the console.  The escape sequence should move the pointer  to
              the  beginning  of  the  line used for the OSD and clear it (de-
              fault: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.  (It  will
              only take effect if neither -subcp nor -utf8 is given.)

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
              Specify  the  path to the unrar executable so MPlayer can use it
              to access rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so  the
              feature  is  off).  The path must include the executable's file-
              name, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8. (It will on-
              ly take effect if -subcp isn't given, and it takes priority over
              -unicode.)

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
              Specify a VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the  full
              pathname  without  extension, i.e. without the '.idx', '.ifo' or
              '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
              Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
              Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
              Select the sample format used for output from the  audio  filter
              layer to the sound card.  The values that <format> can adopt are
              listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
              Use a mixer device different from the default  /dev/mixer.   For
              ALSA this is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
              This  option  will  tell  MPlayer to use a different channel for
              controlling volume than the default PCM.  Options  for  OSS  in-
              clude  vol,  pcm, line.  For a complete list of options look for
              SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For  ALSA
              you  can  use  the  names  e.g. alsamixer displays, like Master,
              Line, PCM.
              NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed  by  a  number  must  be
              specified  in  the  <name,number> format, i.e. a channel labeled
              'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

       -softvol
              Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the  sound
              card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
              Set  the  maximum amplification level in percent (default: 110).
              A value of 200 will allow you to adjust the volume up to a maxi-
              mum of double the current level.  With values below 100 the ini-
              tial volume (which is 100%) will be  above  the  maximum,  which
              e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
              Set  the  step  size  of  mixer volume changes in percent of the
              whole range (default: 3).

       -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
              Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware or software
              (if  used  with -softvol).  A value of -1 (the default) will not
              change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio  output  facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list  has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -ao alsa,oss,
                      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
                 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
                      Sets  noblock-mode  and  the  device-name as first card,
                      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
              ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
                 noblock
                      Sets noblock-mode.
                 device=<device>
                      Sets the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and  any
                      ':'  with '=' in the ALSA device name.  For hwac3 output
                      via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or  "spdif"  device,  unless
                      you really know how to set it correctly.

       oss
              OSS audio output driver
                 <dsp-device>
                      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
                 <mixer-device>
                      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
                 <mixer-channel>
                      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
              highly  platform  independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) li-
              brary audio output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use  (default:
                      let SDL choose).

       arts
              audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
              audio output through the ESD daemon
                 <server>
                      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: local-
                      host).

       jack
              audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
                 (no)connect
                      Automatically create connections to  output  ports  (de-
                      fault:  enabled).   When  enabled, the maximum number of
                      output channels will be limited to the number of  avail-
                      able output ports.
                 port=<name>
                      Connects  to  the  ports  with  the given name (default:
                      physical ports).
                 name=<client
                      Client name that is passed  to  JACK  (default:  MPlayer
                      [<PID>]).   Useful  if  you want to have certain connec-
                      tions established automatically.
                 (no)estimate
                      Estimate the audio delay, supposed  to  make  the  video
                      playback smoother (default: enabled).
                 (no)autostart
                      Automatically  start  jackd  if necessary (default: dis-
                      abled).  Note that this seems unreliable and  will  spam
                      stdout with server messages.

       nas
              audio output through NAS

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              native Mac OS X audio output driver
                 device_id=<id>
                      ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
                 help List all available output devices with their IDs.

       openal
              Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
              PulseAudio audio output driver
                 [<host>[:<output sink>[:broken_pause]]]
                      Specify  the host and optionally output sink to use.  An
                      empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost"
                      uses  network  transfer (most likely not what you want).
                      You can also explicitly force the workaround for  broken
                      pause  functionality  (default:  autodetected).  To only
                      enable that without specifying a host/sink the syntax is
                      -ao pulse:::broken_pause

       sgi (SGI only)
              native SGI audio output driver
                 <output device name>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  output  device/interface to use
                      (default: system-wide default).   For  example,  'Analog
                      Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun only)
              native Sun audio output driver
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  audio  device  to use (default:
                      /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
              native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
                 device=<devicenum>
                      Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file  with  -v
                      will show a list of available devices.

       kai (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 KAI audio output driver
                 uniaud
                      Force UNIAUD mode.
                 dart Force DART mode.
                 (no)share
                      Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dart (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 DART audio output driver
                 (no)share
                      Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              IVTV  specific  MPEG  audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa
              only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output  to  an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      DVB  card  to  use if more than one card is present.  If
                      not specified MPlayer will search the first usable card.
                 file=<filename>
                      output filename

       null
              Produces no audio output but  maintains  video  playback  speed.
              Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
              raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
                 (no)waveheader
                      Include  or do not include the wave header (default: in-
                      cluded).  When not included, raw PCM will be generated.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default au-
                      diodump.wav.   If nowaveheader is specified, the default
                      is audiodump.pcm.
                 fast
                      Try to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the  output
                      does  not  get  truncated  (usually with "Too many video
                      packets in buffer" message).  It is normal that you  get
                      a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
              plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -adapter <value>
              Set  the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get
              a list of available cards when you  run  this  option  with  -v.
              Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
              Override  the  autodetected  color depth.  Only supported by the
              fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

       -border
              Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on
              by default, use -noborder to disable the standard window decora-
              tions.

       -brightness <-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video  signal  (default:  0).   Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
              Adjust  the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not sup-
              ported by all video output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
              Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
              to display on.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
              Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video
              outputs).  This can result in significantly faster  blitting  on
              some  systems,  on most the difference will be minimal.  In some
              cases, particularly with decoders specifying  their  buffer  re-
              quirements badly, it can be vastly slower.
              WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
              This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

                 ar-mode=<value>
                      aspect  ratio  mode  (0  = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 =
                      letterbox (default))

                 iec958-encoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

                 iec958-decoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

                 macrovision=<value>
                      macrovision mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc  2
                      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

                 mute
                      mute sound output

                 unmute
                      unmute sound output

                 ucode=<value>
                      path to the microcode

              TV output

                 75ire
                      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

                 no75ire
                      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

                 bw
                      b/w TV output

                 color
                      color TV output (default)

                 interlaced
                      interlaced TV output (default)

                 nointerlaced
                      disable interlaced TV output

                 norm=<value>
                      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

                 square-pixel
                      set pixel mode to square

                 ccir601-pixel
                      set pixel mode to ccir601

              overlay

                 cr-left=<0-500>
                      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

                 cr-right=<0-500>
                      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

                 cr-top=<0-500>
                      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

                 cr-bottom=<0-500>
                      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

                 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
                      Set  the  r(ed),  g(reen)  or b(lue) gain of the overlay
                      color-key.

                 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
                      minimum value for the respective color key

                 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
                      maximum value for the respective color key

                 ignore-cache
                      Ignore cached overlay settings.

                 update-cache
                      Update cached overlay settings.

                 ol-osd
                      Enable overlay onscreen display.

                 nool-osd
                      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

                 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
                      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case
                      it does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

                 overlay
                      Activate overlay (default).

                 nooverlay
                      Activate TV-out.

                 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
                      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Change  video  mode  to the one that is labeled as <modename> in
              /etc/fb.modes.
              NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Override framebuffer mode  configuration  file  (default:  /etc/
              fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
              Fullscreen  playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black bands
              around it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
              Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
              Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
              negate  the modes by prefixing them with '-'.  If you experience
              problems like the fullscreen window being covered by other  win-
              dows try using a different order.
              NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

              The available types are:

                 above
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
                 below
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
                 fullscreen
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
                 layer
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
                 layer=<0...15>
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
                 netwm
                      Force NETWM style.
                 none
                      Clear the list of modes; you can add modes to enable af-
                      terward.
                 stays_on_top
                      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

              EXAMPLE:
                 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
                      Default order, will be used as a fallback  if  incorrect
                      or unsupported modes are specified.
                 -fullscreen
                      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -fs-border-left <pixels>

       -fs-border-right <pixels>

       -fs-border-top <pixels>

       -fs-border-bottom <pixels>
              Specify extra borders in full screen mode.  The borders apply to
              all displayed elements: video, OSD and EOSD.  The number of pix-
              els  is specified in terms of screen resolution.  Currently only
              supported with by the gl video output driver.

       -gamma <-100-100>
              Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0).  Not support-
              ed by all video output drivers.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+-x+-y]
              Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y
              specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left  of  the
              screen  to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if
              a percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the value
              into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also
              supports the standard X11 -geometry option format, in which e.g.
              +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left border and 50 pixels
              from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels be-
              yond  the right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".  If an ex-
              ternal window is specified using the -wid option, then the x and
              y  coordinates are relative to the top-left corner of the window
              rather than the screen.  The coordinates  are  relative  to  the
              screen given with -screen for the video output drivers that ful-
              ly support -screen (direct3d,  gl,  gl_tiled,  vdpau,  x11,  xv,
              xvmc, corevideo).
              NOTE:  This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc,
              xvidix, gl, gl_tiled, direct3d, directx, fbdev, sdl,  dfxfb  and
              corevideo video output drivers.

              EXAMPLE:
                 50:40
                      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
                 50%:50%
                      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
                 100%
                      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the
                      screen.
                 100%:100%
                      Places the window at the  bottom  right  corner  of  the
                      screen.

       -gui-wid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
              This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to
              the bottom of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI  in
              a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
              Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a
              colored negative of the image with this option.   Not  supported
              by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
              disables a previous setting (e.g. in the  config  file).   Over-
              rides the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
                 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set  the  aspect  of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen
              (default: 1).  A value of 1 means  square  pixels  (correct  for
              (almost?) all LCDs).

       -name (X11 only)
              Set the window class name.

       -nodouble
              Disables  double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.  Dou-
              ble buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in memory, and
              displaying  one while decoding another.  It can affect OSD nega-
              tively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
              Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode  change  (-vm).
              Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
              Do  not  keep  window  aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only
              works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output driv-
              ers.   Furthermore  under  X11  your window manager has to honor
              window aspect hints.

       -ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
              by  video  output  drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as
              directx, corevideo, quartz, ggi and gl_tiled.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a
              16:9  movie  to  make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
              The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
              with the directx, xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl_tiled, quartz, corevideo
              and xvidix video output drivers.
              NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as  well,  but  highly
              experimental and may crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
              Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
              Positive values mean multiples of the default  range.   Negative
              numbers  mean you can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.
              E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of  up  to  4.   This
              feature is experimental.

       -border-pos-x  <0.0-1.0>  (-vo  gl,xv,xvmc,vdpau,direct3d only, default
       0.5)
              When black borders are added to adjust for aspect,  this  deter-
              mines  where  they are placed.  0.0 places borders on the right,
              1.0 on the left.  Values outside the range 0.0 -  1.0  will  add
              extra  black borders on one side and remove part of the image on
              the other side.

       -border-pos-y <0.0-1.0> (-vo  gl,xv,xvmc,vdpau,direct3d  only,  default
       0.5)
              As -border-pos-x but for top/bottom borders.  0.0 places borders
              on the bottom, 1.0 on the top.

       -monitor-orientation <0-3> (experimental)
              Rotate display by 90, 180 or 270 degrees.  Rotates also the OSD,
              not  just  the  video image itself.  Currently only supported by
              the gl video output driver.  For all  other  video  outputs  -vf
              ass,expand=osd=1,rotate=n  can be used, in the future this might
              even happen automatically.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
              Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported  by
              -vo directx combined with the -vm option.

       -rootwin
              Play  movie  in  the  root window (desktop background).  Desktop
              background images may cover  the  movie  window,  though.   Only
              works  with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, corevideo and di-
              rectx video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
              Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can
              get  grayscale  output  with  this option.  Not supported by all
              video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
              Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do  not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw <pixels>
              Specify  the  screen width for video output drivers which do not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -(no)stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
              Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on  exit
              (default:  enabled).   If  your screensaver supports neither the
              XSS nor XResetScreenSaver API please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -title (also see -use-filename-title)
              Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output driv-
              ers.

       -use-filename-title (also see -title)
              Set the window title using the media filename, when not set with
              -title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

       -vm
              Try to change to a different video mode.  Supported by the  dga,
              x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
              directx video output driver the  -screenw,  -screenh,  -bpp  and
              -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
              Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
              This  tells  MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to
              embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger  extension).   This
              option  fills  the given window completely, thus aspect scaling,
              panscan, etc are no longer handled by MPlayer but must  be  man-
              aged by the application that created the window.

       -screen <-2-...> (alias for -xineramascreen)
              In  Xinerama  configurations  (i.e.  a single desktop that spans
              across multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen
              to  display the movie on.  A value of -2 means fullscreen across
              the whole virtual display (in this case Xinerama information  is
              completely ignored), -1 means fullscreen on the display the win-
              dow currently is on.  The initial position set via the -geometry
              option  is  relative to the specified screen.  Will usually only
              work with "-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".  This  option
              is  not suitable to only set the startup screen (because it will
              always display on the given screen in fullscreen mode),  -geome-
              try  is  the  best that is available for that purpose currently.
              Supported by at least the direct3d, gl, gl_tiled,  x11,  xv  and
              corevideo video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
              Display  in  black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
              be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
              Select a part of the input image  to  display,  multiple  occur-
              rences of this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode
              the movie is distributed over more than one TV  (or  beamer)  to
              create a larger image.  Options appearing after the n-th -zrcrop
              apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least  have  a
              -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the output
              of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
              by default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device
              it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
              Force  decimation:  Decimation,  as  specified  by  -zrhdec  and
              -zrvdec, only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the im-
              age to its original size.  Use this option to force decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Horizontal decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd  or
              4th  line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
              scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image  to  its  original
              size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
              Display  a  list of all -zr* options, their default values and a
              cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
              A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the  JPEG  en-
              coding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Vertical  decimation:  Ask  the driver to send only every 2nd or
              4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the
              scaler  of  the  MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
              size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this  option  speci-
              fies  the  x  offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen
              (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this  option  speci-
              fies  the  y  offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen
              (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video  output  facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list  has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -vo xmga,xv,
                      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then oth-
                      ers.
                 -vo directx:noaccel
                      Uses  the  DirectX  driver  with  acceleration  features
                      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses  the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware ac-
              celerated playback.  If you cannot use a hardware specific driv-
              er,  this  is  probably  the best option.  For information about
              what colorkey is used and how it is drawn run  MPlayer  with  -v
              option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
              beginning.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 ck=<cur|use|set>
                      Select the source from which the colorkey is taken  (de-
                      fault: cur).
                         cur  The  default takes the colorkey currently set in
                              Xv.
                         use  Use but do not set  the  colorkey  from  MPlayer
                              (use -colorkey option to change it).
                         set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
                 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
                         man  Draw  the  colorkey manually (reduces flicker in
                              some cases).
                         bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
                         auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware  acceleration
              that works whenever X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
              Adds  X11  support  to  all  overlay based video output drivers.
              Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top  of
                      X11.

       vdpau  (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or
       ffodivxvdpau)
              Video output that uses VDPAU to decode video via hardware.  Also
              supports displaying of software-decoded video.
                 sharpen=<-1-1>
                      For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the
                      video, for negative values  a  blurring  algorithm  (de-
                      fault: 0).
                 denoise=<0-1>
                      Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default:
                      0, no noise reduction).
                 deint=<0-4>
                      Select the deinterlacer (default: 0).  All modes > 0 re-
                      spect -field-dominance.
                         0    no deinterlacing
                         1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
                         2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
                         3    motion  adaptive temporal deinterlacing May lead
                              to A/V desync with slow  video  hardware  and/or
                              high  resolution.  This is the default if "D" is
                              used to enable deinterlacing.
                         4    motion  adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing   with
                              edge-guided  spatial  interpolation  Needs  fast
                              video hardware.
                 chroma-deint
                      Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both  on  luma  and
                      chroma (default).  Use nochroma-deint to solely use luma
                      and speed up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful  with  slow
                      video memory.
                 pullup
                      Try to skip deinterlacing for progressive frames, useful
                      for watching telecined content, needs fast  video  hard-
                      ware for high resolutions.  Only works with motion adap-
                      tive temporal deinterlacing.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to  RGB  conversion.   In
                      general  BT.601  should  be used for standard definition
                      (SD) content and BT.709 for high  definition  (HD)  con-
                      tent.   Using  incorrect color space results in slightly
                      under or over saturated and shifted colors.
                         0    Guess the color space based on video resolution.
                              Video  with width >= 1280 or height > 576 is as-
                              sumed to be HD and BT.709 color  space  will  be
                              used.
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 hqscaling
                         0    Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
                         1-9  Apply  high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable
                              hardware).
                 force-mixer
                      Forces the use of the VDPAU mixer, which implements  all
                      above  options  (default).   Use  noforce-mixer to allow
                      displaying BGRA colorspace.  (Disables all above options
                      and the hardware equalizer if image format BGRA is actu-
                      ally used.)

       xvmc (X11 with FFmpeg MPEG-1/2 decoder only)
              Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensa-
              tion) extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 de-
              coding.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 (no)benchmark
                      Disables image display.  Necessary for proper benchmark-
                      ing  of drivers that change image buffers on monitor re-
                      trace only (nVidia).  Default is not  to  disable  image
                      display (nobenchmark).
                 (no)bobdeint
                      Very  simple  deinterlacer.   Might not look better than
                      -vf tfields=1, but it is the only deinterlacer for  xvmc
                      (default: nobobdeint).
                 (no)queue
                      Queue  frames for display to allow more parallel work of
                      the video hardware.  May add a  small  (not  noticeable)
                      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
                 (no)sleep
                      Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish
                      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
                 ck=cur|use|set
                      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
                 ck-method=man|bg|auto
                      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
              Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
              Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
              Highly  platform  independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) li-
              brary video output driver.  Since SDL uses its  own  X11  layer,
              MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it
              has several minor bugs (-vm/-novm is mostly ignored, -fs behaves
              like  -novm  should, window is in top-left corner when returning
              from fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...).
                 driver=<driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
                 (no)forcexv
                      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
                      forcexv).
                 (no)hwaccel
                      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
              VIDIX  (VIDeo  Interface  for *niX) is an interface to the video
              acceleration features of different graphics  cards.   Very  fast
              video output driver on cards that support it.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  VIDIX  subdevice driver to use.
                      Available  subdevice  drivers  are   cyberblade,   ivtv,
                      mach64,   mga_crtc2,  mga,  nvidia,  pm2,  pm3,  radeon,
                      rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
              X11 frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       cvidix
              Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in
              a text console with nVidia cards.
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
              Windows frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface (useful for
              Vista).

       directx (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
                 noaccel
                      Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try this option if you
                      have display problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
              Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
                 snap Force SNAP mode.
                 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
                 dive Force DIVE mode.
                 (no)t23
                      Enable  or  disable  workaround for T23 laptop (default:
                      disabled).  Try to enable this option if your video card
                      supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
              Mac  OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some circumstances,
              it might be more efficient to force a packed YUV output  format,
              with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
                 fs_res=<width>:<height>
                      Specify  the  fullscreen resolution (useful on slow sys-
                      tems).

       corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
              Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
                 device_id=<number>
                      DEPRECATED, use -screen instead.  Choose the display de-
                      vice to use for fullscreen or set it to -1 to always use
                      the same screen the video window is on  (default:  -1  -
                      auto).
                 shared_buffer
                      Write  output  to a shared memory buffer instead of dis-
                      playing it and try to open an existing NSConnection  for
                      communication with a GUI.
                 buffer_name=<name>
                      Name  of the shared buffer created with shm_open as well
                      as the name of the NSConnection MPlayer will try to open
                      (default: "mplayerosx").  Setting buffer_name implicitly
                      enables shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device  name  to  use  (e.g.
                      /dev/fb0)  or the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the de-
                      vice name starts with 'vidix' (e.g.  'vidixsis_vid'  for
                      the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implemen-
              tation.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       vesa
              Very  general  video  output driver that should work on any VESA
              VBE 2.0 compatible card.
                 (no)dga
                      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
                 neotv_pal
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
                 neotv_ntsc
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
                 vidix
                      Use the VIDIX driver.
                 lvo:
                      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
              Play video using the SVGA library.
                 <video mode>
                      Specify video mode to use.  The mode can be given  in  a
                      <width>x<height>x<colors> format, e.g. 640x480x16M or be
                      a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
                 bbosd
                      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
                 native
                      Use only native drawing functions.  This  avoids  direct
                      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
                 retrace
                      Force  frame  switch  on  vertical retrace.  Usable only
                      with -double.  It has the same effect as the -vsync  op-
                      tion.
                 sq
                      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
                 vidix
                      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
              OpenGL  video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be
              smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementa-
              tion.   Intended  to work even with the most basic OpenGL imple-
              mentations, but also makes use of newer extensions, which  allow
              support  for more colorspaces and direct rendering.  For optimal
              speed try adding the options
              -dr -noslices
              The code performs very few checks, so  if  a  feature  does  not
              work,  this  might  be  because  it  is  not  supported  by your
              card/OpenGL implementation even if you do not get any error mes-
              sage.   Use  glxinfo  or a similar tool to display the supported
              OpenGL extensions.
                 backend=<n>
                      Select the backend/OpenGL  implementation  to  use  (de-
                      fault: -1).
                         -1: Autoselect
                         0: Win32/WGL
                         1: X11/GLX
                         2: SDL
                         3: X11/EGL (highly experimental)
                         4: OSX/Cocoa
                         5: Android (very bad hack, only for testing)
                 (no)ati-hack
                      ATI  drivers  may  give  a corrupted image when PBOs are
                      used (when using -dr or force-pbo).  This  option  fixes
                      this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
                 (no)force-pbo
                      Always  uses  PBOs to transfer textures even if this in-
                      volves an extra copy.  Currently this gives a little ex-
                      tra  speed with NVidia drivers and a lot more speed with
                      ATI drivers.  May need -noslices and the ati-hack subop-
                      tion to work correctly.
                 (no)scaled-osd
                      Changes  the  way  the  OSD behaves when the size of the
                      window changes (default: disabled).   When  enabled  be-
                      haves more like the other video output drivers, which is
                      better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much better
                      with  FreeType  fonts and uses the borders in fullscreen
                      mode.  Does not work correctly with ass  subtitles  (see
                      -ass),  you  can instead render them without OpenGL sup-
                      port via -vf ass.
                 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
                      Color for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to  non-
                      transparent white).
                 rectangle=<0,1,2>
                      Select  usage  of rectangular textures which saves video
                      RAM, but often is slower (default: 0).
                         0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
                         1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
                         2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
                         In  some  cases  only  supported in software and thus
                         very slow.
                 swapinterval=<n>
                      Minimum interval between two buffer  swaps,  counted  in
                      displayed  frames  (default: 1).  1 is equivalent to en-
                      abling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0 will
                      leave it at the system default.  This limits the framer-
                      ate  to  (horizontal  refresh  rate  /   n).    Requires
                      GLX_SGI_swap_control   support   to   work.   With  some
                      (most/all?)   implementations   this   only   works   in
                      fullscreen mode.
                 ycbcr
                      Use  the  GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422 extension to convert YUV to
                      RGB.  Default is disabled if yuv= is specified, auto-de-
                      tected otherwise.  Note that this will enable a few spe-
                      cial settings to get into a special driver fast-path.
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.   The  default
                      is auto-detection deciding between values 0 and 2.
                         0:  Use  software  conversion.   Compatible  with all
                         OpenGL versions.  Provides brightness,  contrast  and
                         saturation control.
                         1:  Use register combiners.  This uses an nVidia-spe-
                         cific extension (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At least
                         three  texture units are needed.  Provides saturation
                         and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         2: Use a fragment program using the POW  instruction.
                         Needs  the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
                         least three texture units.  Provides brightness, con-
                         trast,  saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can
                         also be set independently for red,  green  and  blue.
                         Method 4 is usually faster.
                         3:  Same  as  2.   They  exist as distinct values for
                         legacy reasons, MPlayer now  inserts  the  extra  in-
                         structions for gamma control on-demand.
                         4:  Use  a  fragment  program with additional lookup.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
                         least  four texture units.  Provides brightness, con-
                         trast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma  can
                         also be set independently for red, green and blue.
                         5:  Use  ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This
                         uses an ATI-specific extension (GL_ATI_fragment_shad-
                         er  -  not  GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).  At least three
                         texture units are needed.   Provides  saturation  and
                         hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         6:  Use  a  3D  texture  to do conversion via lookup.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
                         least  four  texture units.  Extremely slow (software
                         emulation) on some (all?) ATI cards since it  uses  a
                         texture  with  border  pixels.   Provides brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma  control.   Gamma
                         can  also  be  set  independently  for red, green and
                         blue.  Speed depends more  on  GPU  memory  bandwidth
                         than other methods.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.
                         0    Use  the  formula  used normally by MPlayer (de-
                              fault).
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 levelconv=<n>
                      Select the brightness level conversion to  use  for  the
                      YUV to RGB conversion
                         0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
                         1    Convert PC to TV levels.
                         2    Do not do any conversion.
                 lscale=<n>
                      Select  the  scaling function to use for luminance scal-
                      ing.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
                         0    Use simple linear filtering (default).
                         1    Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).
                              Needs  one additional texture unit.  Older cards
                              will not be able to handle this  for  chroma  at
                              least in fullscreen mode.
                         2    Use  cubic  filtering in horizontal, linear fil-
                              tering in vertical direction.  Works  on  a  few
                              more cards than method 1.
                         3    Same  as  1  but  does not use a lookup texture.
                              Might be faster on some cards.
                         4    Use experimental unsharp masking with  3x3  sup-
                              port  and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-
                              strength).
                         5    Use experimental unsharp masking with  5x5  sup-
                              port  and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-
                              strength).
                         64   Use nearest-neighbor scaling.
                 cscale=<n>
                      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scal-
                      ing.  For details see lscale.
                 filter-strength=<value>
                      Set  the  effect  strength for the lscale/cscale filters
                      that support it.
                 noise-strength=<value>
                      Set how much noise to add. 0 to disable  (default),  1.0
                      for level suitable for dithering to 6 bit.
                 stereo=<value>
                      Select a method for stereo display.  You may have to use
                      -aspect to fix the aspect value.  Add 32  to  swap  left
                      and  right  side.   Experimental, do not expect too much
                      from it.
                         0    normal 2D display
                         1    Convert side by side input  to  full-color  red-
                              cyan stereo.
                         2    Convert  side by side input to full-color green-
                              magenta stereo.
                         3    Convert  side  by  side  input  to  quadbuffered
                              stereo.   Only  supported  by  very  few  OpenGL
                              cards.
                         4    Mix left and right in a pixel pattern.   Pattern
                              is given by stipple option.
                 stipple=<bit
                      Lowest  16  bit  give  the  4x4 pattern to use (default:
                      0x0f0f).  Examples to try:  0x0f0f,  0xf0f0:  horizontal
                      lines;  0xaaaa,  0x5555: vertical lines; 0xa5a5, 0x5a5a:
                      checkerboard pattern

              The following options are only useful if writing your own  frag-
              ment programs.

                 customprog=<filename>
                      Load  a  custom  fragment  program from <filename>.  See
                      TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
                 customtex=<filename>
                      Load a custom  "gamma  ramp"  texture  from  <filename>.
                      This  can  be used in combination with yuv=4 or with the
                      customprog option.
                 (no)customtlin
                      If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation, other-
                      wise use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
                 (no)customtrect
                      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.
                      Default is disabled.
                 (no)mipmapgen
                      If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically gen-
                      erated.  This should be useful together with the custom-
                      prog and the TXB instruction to implement  blur  filters
                      with  a  large  radius.  For most OpenGL implementations
                      this is very slow for any non-RGB formats.   Default  is
                      disabled.

              Normally  there  is no reason to use the following options, they
              mostly exist for testing purposes.

                 (no)glfinish
                      Call glFinish() before swapping buffers.  Slower but  in
                      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
                 (no)manyfmts
                      Enables  support  for  more  (RGB and BGR) color formats
                      (default: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
                 slice-height=<0-...>
                      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default:
                      0).  0 for whole image.
                      NOTE:  If  YUV  colorspace  is used (see yuv suboption),
                      special rules apply:
                         If the decoder uses slice rendering (see  -noslices),
                         this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
                         provided by the decoder is used.
                         If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the  de-
                         fault is 16.
                 (no)osd
                      Enable  or  disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL
                      (default: enabled).  This option is for testing; to dis-
                      able the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
                 (no)aspect
                      Enable  or  disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan sup-
                      port  (default:  enabled).   Disabling  might   increase
                      speed.

       gl_tiled
              Variant  of  the  OpenGL  video  output driver.  Supports videos
              larger than the maximum texture size but lacks many of  the  ad-
              vanced  features  and  optimizations of the gl driver and is un-
              likely to be extended further.
                 (no)glfinish
                      same as gl (default: enabled)
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB  conversion.   If  set  to
                      anything  except  0 OSD will be disabled and brightness,
                      contrast and gamma setting is  only  available  via  the
                      global  X  server  settings.  Apart from this the values
                      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       matrixview
              OpenGL-based renderer creating a  Matrix-like  running-text  ef-
              fect.
                 cols=<n>
                      Number  of  text columns to display.  Very low values (<
                      16) will probably fail due to scaler limitations.   Val-
                      ues not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.
                 rows=<n>
                      Number  of text rows to display.  Very low values (< 16)
                      will probably fail due to  scaler  limitations.   Values
                      not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.

       null
              Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
              ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
              NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
              HINT:  You  probably  have  to specify -monitorpixelaspect.  Try
              'mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

       caca
              Color ASCII art video output driver that works on  a  text  con-
              sole.

       bl
              Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driv-
              er is highly hardware specific.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver  to
                      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
                      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.  You must  specify  a  subde-
                      vice.

       ggi
              GGI graphics system video output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  GGI driver to use.  Replace any
                      ',' that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

       directfb
              Play video using the DirectFB library.
                 (no)input
                      Use the DirectFB instead of the  MPlayer  keyboard  code
                      (default: enabled).
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      Double  and  triple  buffering  give best results if you
                      want to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is  more
                      efficient  than  double  buffering  as it does not block
                      MPlayer while waiting for the vertical retrace.   Single
                      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
                      disabled).  Valid values are top  =  top  fields  first,
                      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
                      any effect on progressive film material like  most  MPEG
                      movies  are.  You need to enable this option if you have
                      tearing issues or unsmooth motions  watching  interlaced
                      film material.
                 layer=N
                      Will  force  layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 -
                      auto).
                 dfbopts=<list>
                      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
              Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
              DirectFB  library to make use of special hardware features.  En-
              ables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of the
              first head.
                 (no)input
                      same as directfb (default: disabled)
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      same as directfb (default: triple)
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      same as directfb
                 (no)bes
                      Enable  the  use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler) (de-
                      fault: disabled).  Gives very  good  results  concerning
                      speed  and  output  quality as interpolated picture pro-
                      cessing is done in hardware.  Works only on the  primary
                      head.
                 (no)spic
                      Make  use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the
                      OSD (default: enabled).
                 (no)crtc2
                      Turn on TV-out on the second  head  (default:  enabled).
                      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
                      picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
                 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
                      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
                      for   modifying   /etc/directfbrc  (default:  disabled).
                      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is
                      auto  (auto-adjust  using  PAL/NTSC)  because it decides
                      which norm to use by looking at  the  framerate  of  the
                      movie.

       mga (Linux only)
              Matrox  specific  video  output driver that makes use of the YUV
              back end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.   If  you
              have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  Matrox  device name to use (de-
                      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
              The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device  name  to  use  (de-
                      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
              S3 Virge specific video output driver.  This driver supports the
              card's YUV conversion and scaling, double buffering  and  direct
              rendering  features.  Use -vf format=yuy2 to get hardware-accel-
              erated YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than  YV12  on  this
              card.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
              Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that directly uses  the  hard-
              ware on top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
              This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver to play movies
              with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with
              the tdfx_vid kernel module.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/
                      tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
              Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma De-
              signs Hollywood Plus) specific video output  driver.   Also  see
              the lavc video filter.
                 overlay
                      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
                 prebuf
                      Turns on prebuffering.
                 sync
                      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
                 norm=<norm>
                      Specifies the TV norm.
                         0: Does not change current norm (default).
                         1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
                         2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
                         3: PAL
                         4: PAL-60
                         5: NTSC
                 <0-3>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              Conexant  CX23415  (iCompression  iTVC15)  or  Conexant  CX23416
              (iCompression   iTVC16)   MPEG  decoder  chip  (Hauppauge  WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500) specific video output  driver  for  TV-out.
              Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  MPEG decoder device name to use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used  for  the
                      video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in hard-
              ware MPEG decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device  name  to  use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly  choose  the TV-out output to be used for the
                      video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output  to  an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one DVB output card (V3 API only, such as  1.x.y  series
                      drivers).   If  not  specified  MPlayer  will search the
                      first usable card.
                 <filename>
                      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
              Video output driver  for  a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback
              cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
              Video  output  driver  for  a  number  of MJPEG capture/playback
              cards, second generation.
                 dev=<device>
                      Specifies the video device to use.
                 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
                      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
                 (no)prebuf
                      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
              Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Sup-
              ports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
                 outfile=<value>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
              Transforms  the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV
              4:2:0 images and stores it in a  file  (default:  ./stream.yuv).
              The  format  is  the  same as the one employed by mjpegtools, so
              this is useful if you want to process the video with the  mjpeg-
              tools  suite.  It supports the YV12 format.  If your source file
              has a different format and is interlaced, make sure to  use  -vf
              scale=::1  to  ensure  the conversion uses interlaced mode.  You
              can combine it with the -fixed-vo option  to  concatenate  files
              with the same dimensions and fps value.
                 interlaced
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
                 interlaced_bf
                      Write  the  output  as  interlaced  frames, bottom field
                      first.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the output to <filename> instead  of  the  default
                      stream.yuv.

              NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive
              (i.e. not interlaced).

       gif89a
              Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current
              directory.  It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the out-
              put is converted to 256 colors.
                 <fps>
                      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
                 <output>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

              NOTE: You must specify the framerate before the filename or  the
              framerate will be part of the filename.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
              Output  each  frame  into  a JPEG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.
                 [no]progressive
                      Specify  standard  or  progressive JPEG (default: nopro-
                      gressive).
                 [no]baseline
                      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
                 optimize=<0-100>
                      optimization factor (default: 100)
                 smooth=<0-100>
                      smooth factor (default: 0)
                 quality=<0-100>
                      quality factor (default: 75)
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the  JPEG  files  to  (de-
                      fault: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per  subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       pnm
              Output  each  frame  into  a  PNM file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.   It  supports  PPM,  PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and
              ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
                 ppm
                      Write PPM files (default).
                 pgm
                      Write PGM files.
                 pgmyuv
                      Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like  PGM,  but  it  also
                      contains  the  U  and V plane, appended at the bottom of
                      the picture.
                 raw
                      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
                 ascii
                      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default:
                      ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per  subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       png
              Output  each  frame  into  a  PNG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
                 z=<0-9>
                      Specifies the compression level.  0 is no compression, 9
                      is maximum compression.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNG files to (default:
                      ./).
                 prefix=<prefix>
                      Specify the prefix to be used for the PNG filenames (de-
                      fault: no prefix).
                 alpha
                      Create PNG files  with  an  alpha  channel.   Note  that
                      MPlayer  in general does not support alpha, so this will
                      only be useful in some rare cases.

       mng
              Output video into an animated MNG file using 24 bpp  RGB  images
              with lossless compression.
                 output=<filename>
                      Specify the output filename (default: out.mng).

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.mkv -vo mng:output=test.mng

       tga
              Output  each  frame  into a Targa file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
              name.  The purpose of this video output driver is to have a sim-
              ple lossless image writer to use without any  external  library.
              It  supports  the  BGR[A]  color format, with 15, 24 and 32 bpp.
              You can force a particular format with the format video filter.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
              their  codec  name  in  codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec
              name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to  force  it,
              this  will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ac mp3acm
                      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
                 -ac mad,
                      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
                 -ac hwac3,a52,
                      Try hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then  oth-
                      ers.
                 -ac hwdts,
                      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
                 -ac -ffmp3,
                      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
              Specify advanced audio filter options:

                 force=<0-7>
                      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the fol-
                      lowing:
                         0: Use completely automatic  filter  insertion  (cur-
                         rently identical to 1).
                         1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
                         2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the
                         audio filters may silently fail, and the sound quali-
                         ty may drop.
                         3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no opti-
                         mization.  Warning:  It  may  be  possible  to  crash
                         MPlayer using this setting.
                         4:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 0
                         above, but use floating point processing when  possi-
                         ble.
                         5:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 1
                         above, but use floating point processing when  possi-
                         ble.
                         6:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 2
                         above, but use floating point processing when  possi-
                         ble.
                         7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to
                         3 above, and use floating point processing when  pos-
                         sible.

                 list=<filters>
                      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify  a priority list of audio codec families to be used, ac-
              cording to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back  on  the
              default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -afm ffmpeg
                      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
                 -afm acm,dshow
                      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
              Override  movie  aspect ratio, in case aspect information is in-
              correct or missing in the file being played.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
                 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
              Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
              Set first field for interlaced content.  Useful for  deinterlac-
              ers  that  double the framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf yadif=1, -vo
              vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
                 -1   auto (default): If the decoder does not export  the  ap-
                      propriate  information,  it  falls  back to 0 (top field
                      first).
                 0    top field first
                 1    bottom field first

       -flip
              Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
              Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate  multiple  op-
              tions with a colon.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

              Available options are:

                 bitexact
                      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
                      codec testing).

                 bug=<value>
                      Manually work around encoder bugs.
                         0: nothing
                         1: autodetect bugs (default)
                         2 (msmpeg4v3):  some  old  lavc  generated  msmpeg4v3
                         files (no autodetection)
                         4  (mpeg4):  Xvid  interlacing  bug  (autodetected if
                         fourcc==XVIX)
                         8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
                         16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
                         32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
                         64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected  per
                         fourcc/version)
                         128  (mpeg4):  old  standard  qpel  (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)
                         256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per four-
                         cc/version)
                         512  (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected
                         per fourcc/version)
                         1024 (mpeg4):  edge  padding  bug  (autodetected  per
                         fourcc/version)

                 debug=<value>
                      Display debugging information.
                         0: disabled
                         1: picture info
                         2: rate control
                         4: bitstream
                         8: macroblock (MB) type
                         16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
                         32: motion vector
                         0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
                         0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
                         0x0100: startcode
                         0x0200: PTS
                         0x0400: error resilience
                         0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
                         0x1000: bugs
                         0x2000:  Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower
                         QP are tinted greener.
                         0x4000: Visualize block types.

                 ec=<value>
                      Set error concealment strategy.
                         1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
                         2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
                         3: all (default)

                 er=<value>
                      Set error resilience strategy.
                         0: disabled
                         1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
                         2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
                         3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause  problems
                         even for valid bitstreams.)
                         4: very aggressive

                 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
                      Enable optimizations which do not comply to the specifi-
                      cation and might potentially cause problems,  like  sim-
                      pler dequantization, simpler motion compensation, assum-
                      ing use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV
                      4:2:0  and  skipping a few checks to detect damaged bit-
                      streams.

                 gray
                      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

                 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
                      For best decoding quality use the  same  IDCT  algorithm
                      for  decoding and encoding.  This may come at a price in
                      accuracy, though.

                 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
                      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is
                      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
                      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of
                      not decoding at full resolution.
                         0: disabled
                         1: 1/2 resolution
                         2: 1/4 resolution
                         3: 1/8 resolution
                      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if
                      the width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.
                 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]   Pass   AVOptions   to
                 libavcodec  decoder.   Note,  a patch to make the o= unneeded
                 and pass all unknown options through the AVOption  system  is
                 welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg
                 manual.  Note that some options may  conflict  with  MEncoder
                 options.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           o=debug=pict

                 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

                 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

                 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
                      Skips  the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 de-
                      coding.  Since the filtered frame is supposed to be used
                      as  reference  for  decoding dependent frames this has a
                      worse effect on quality than  not  doing  deblocking  on
                      e.g.  MPEG-2  video.  But at least for high bitrate HDTV
                      this provides a big  speedup  with  no  visible  quality
                      loss.

                      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
                         none: Never skip.
                         default:  Skip  useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size
                         packets in AVI).
                         nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
                         used  for  decoding  other  frames,  the error cannot
                         "build up").
                         bidir: Skip B-Frames.
                         nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
                         all: Skip all frames.

                 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
                      Skips the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of  in
                      almost  all cases (see skiploopfilter for available skip
                      values).

                 skipframe=<skipvalue>
                      Skips decoding of frames completely.  Big  speedup,  but
                      jerky  motion and sometimes bad artifacts (see skiploop-
                      filter for available skip values).

                 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
                      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

                 vismv=<value>
                      Visualize motion vectors.
                         0: disabled
                         1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
                         2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
                         4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

                 vstats
                      Prints  some  statistics  and  stores  them   in   ./vs-
                      tats_*.log.

                 wait_keyframe
                      Wait  for a keyframe before displaying anything.  Avoids
                      broken frames at startup or after seeking with some for-
                      mats.

       -noslices
              Disable  drawing  video by 16-pixel height slices/bands, instead
              draws the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower,
              depending on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
              with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
              Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
              Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use
              -vc null -vo null instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
              Set  the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer usable
              with -vf pp.  It only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with  in-
              ternal  postprocessing  routines.  The valid range of -pp values
              varies by codec, it is mostly 0-6, where  0=disable,  6=slowest/
              best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
              Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
              usage.

       -ssf <mode>
              Specifies software scaler parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
                 lgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (luma)
                 cgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
                 ls=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (luma)
                 cs=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (chroma)
                 chs=<h>
                      chroma horizontal shifting
                 cvs=<v>
                      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
              Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
                 0    stereo
                 1    left channel
                 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the  -zoom
              option.   This  affects video output drivers which lack hardware
              acceleration, e.g. x11.

              Available types are:

                 0    fast bilinear
                 1    bilinear
                 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
                 3    experimental
                 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
                 5    area
                 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
                 7    gauss
                 8    sincR
                 9    lanczos
                 10   natural bicubic spline

              NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.   The  description  of  the
              scale video filter has further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
              their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a  '-'  before  the  codec
              name  to  omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to force it,
              this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','  MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vc divx
                      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
                 -vc -divxds,-divx,
                      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
                 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
                      Try  libavcodec's  MPEG-1/2  codec,  then libmpeg2, then
                      others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of video codec families to be used,  ac-
              cording  to  their  names in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the de-
              fault codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
                      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and
                      fall back on others, if they do not work.
                 -vfm xanim
                      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware scaling is avail-
              able).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
              Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
              NOTE: Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might want to use
              the  libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm
              ffmpeg) instead.

              Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
                 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deblock filter
                 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deblock filter
                 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deringing filter
                 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deringing filter
                 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
                      Adds artificial film grain to the video.   May  increase
                      perceived quality, while lowering true quality.

              rendering methods:
                 dr2
                      Activate direct rendering method 2.
                 nodr2
                      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
                 value<=8
                      Scale image by factor <value>.
                 value>8
                      Set  width to value and calculate height to keep correct
                      aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to  height  <y>  (if  software/hardware  scaling  is
              available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -zoom
              Allow  software scaling, where available.  This will allow scal-
              ing with output drivers (like x11, fbdev) that  do  not  support
              hardware  scaling  where MPlayer disables scaling by default for
              performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS
       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start
              at  0,  negative  numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the
              last).

       -af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you
              have  a  fixed  frequency sound card or if you are stuck with an
              old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter
              is  automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports 16-bit
              integer and float in native-endian format as input.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this
                      parameter  is  8000  to 192000.  If the input and output
                      sample frequency are the same or if  this  parameter  is
                      omitted  the  filter  is automatically unloaded.  A high
                      sample frequency normally improves  the  audio  quality,
                      especially when used in combination with other filters.
                 <sloppy>
                      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ
                      slightly from the frequency given by  <srate>  (default:
                      1).   Can  be used if the startup of the playback is ex-
                      tremely slow.
                 <type>
                      Select which resampling method to use.
                         0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality especial-
                         ly when upsampling)
                         1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
                         2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
                         (slow, best quality)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
                      would set the output frequency of the resample filter to
                      44100Hz  using exact output frequency scaling and linear
                      interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
              Changes the sample rate  of  the  audio  stream  to  an  integer
              <srate>  in  Hz.  It only supports the 16-bit native-endian for-
              mat.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      the output sample rate
                 <length>
                      length of the filter with respect to the lower  sampling
                      rate (default: 16)
                 <linear>
                      if  1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between
                      polyphase entries
                 <count>
                      log2 of the number of polyphase entries (...,  10->1024,
                      11->2048, 12->4096, ...)  (default: 10->1024)
                 <cutoff>
                      cutoff  frequency  (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon
                      filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using  libavcodec.
              Supports  16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels.
              The output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,  na-
              tive-endian  when  outputting to S/PDIF.  The output sample rate
              of this filter is same with the input sample rate.   When  input
              sample  rate  is  48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz, this filter directly
              use it.  Otherwise a resampling filter is  auto-inserted  before
              this  filter  to make the input and output sample rate be 48kHz.
              You need to specify '-channels N' to make the decoder decode au-
              dio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel in-
              put to AC-3.
                 <tospdif>
                      Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or  not  set,  output  to
                      S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
                 <bitrate>
                      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either
                      384 or 384000 to get 384kbits.  Valid  values:  32,  40,
                      48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
                                    320,  384,  448, 512, 576, 640 Default bi-
                      trate is based on the input  channel  number:  1ch:  96,
                      2ch: 192,  3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
                 <minchn>
                      If  the  input channel number is less than <minchn>, the
                      filter will detach itself (default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
              Produces a sine sweep.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      Sine function delta, use very low  values  to  hear  the
                      sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
              Remove  a sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid of
              the 50/60Hz noise on low quality audio equipment.   It  probably
              only works on mono input.
                 <freq>
                      The  frequency  of  the sine which should be removed (in
                      Hz) (default: 50)
                 <decay>
                      Controls the adaptivity (a larger value  will  make  the
                      filter  adapt  to amplitude and phase changes quicker, a
                      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
                      0.0001).  Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
              Bauer  stereophonic  to  binaural  transformation using libbs2b.
              Improves the headphone listening experience by making the  sound
              similar  to  that  from  loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear
              both channels and taking into account  the  distance  difference
              and the head shadowing effect.  It is applicable only to 2 chan-
              nel audio.
                 fcut=<300-1000>
                      Set cut frequency in Hz.
                 feed=<10-150>
                      Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
                 profile=<value>
                      Several profiles are available for convenience:
                           default
                                will be used if  nothing  else  was  specified
                                (fcut=700, feed=45)
                           cmoy
                                Chu   Moy  circuit  implementation  (fcut=700,
                                feed=60)
                           jmeier
                                Jan Meier  circuit  implementation  (fcut=650,
                                feed=95)

              If  fcut  or feed options are specified together with a profile,
              they will be applied on top of the selected profile.

       hrtf[=flag]
              Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
              channel  output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the
              sound.

              Flag  Meaning
              m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
              s     2-channel matrix decoding
              0     no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
              10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR  band
              pass  filters.  This means that it works regardless of what type
              of audio is being played back.  The center frequencies  for  the
              10 bands are:

              No. frequency
              0    31.25 Hz
              1    62.50 Hz
              2   125.00 Hz
              3   250.00 Hz
              4   500.00 Hz
              5    1.00 kHz
              6    2.00 kHz
              7    4.00 kHz
              8    8.00 kHz
              9   16.00 kHz

              If  the  sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the
              center frequency for a frequency band, then that  band  will  be
              disabled.  A known bug with this filter is that the characteris-
              tics for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if  the
              sample rate is close to the center frequency of that band.  This
              problem can be worked around by upsampling the sound  using  the
              resample filter before it reaches this filter.
                 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                      floating  point  numbers representing the gain in dB for
                      each frequency band (-12-12)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency
                      region while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
              Can  be  used  for  adding,  removing, routing and copying audio
              channels.  If only <nch> is given the default routing  is  used,
              it  works as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger
              than the number of input channels empty  channels  are  inserted
              (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is re-
              peated in both of the output channels).  If the number of output
              channels  is  smaller  than the number of input channels the ex-
              ceeding channels are truncated.
                 <nch>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <nr>
                      number of routes (1-8)
                 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
                      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 7 that  define  where  to
                      route each channel.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
                      Would  change  the  number of channels to 4 and set up 4
                      routes that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave chan-
                      nel  2  and  3 intact.  Observe that if media containing
                      two channels was played back, channels  2  and  3  would
                      contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be swapped.
                 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
                      Would  change  the  number of channels to 6 and set up 4
                      routes that copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.   Channel
                      4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
              Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled
              when needed by the sound card or another filter.
                 <format>
                      Sets the desired format.  The  general  form  is  'sbe',
                      where 's' denotes the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u'
                      for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per sample
                      (16,  24  or  32)  and  'e' denotes the endianness ('le'
                      means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the  endi-
                      anness  of  the  computer MPlayer is running on).  Valid
                      values  (amongst  others)  are:  's16le',  'u32be'   and
                      'u24ne'.   Exceptions  to  this rule that are also valid
                      format specifiers: u8, s8,  floatle,  floatbe,  floatne,
                      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
              Implements  software  volume control.  Use this filter with cau-
              tion since it can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound.
              In  most  cases it is best to set the level for the PCM sound to
              max, leave this filter out and control the output level to  your
              speakers  with  the master volume control of the mixer.  In case
              your sound card has a digital PCM mixer  instead  of  an  analog
              one,  and you hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer instead.  If
              there is an external amplifier connected to the  computer  (this
              is  almost always the case), the noise level can be minimized by
              adjusting the master level and the volume knob on the  amplifier
              until the hissing noise in the background is gone.
              This  filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maxi-
              mum sound level and prints out that level  when  MPlayer  exits.
              This  volume estimate can be used for setting the sound level in
              MEncoder such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.   This
              feature  currently only works with floating-point data, use e.g.
              -af-adv force=5, or use -af stats.
              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be en-
              abled once for every audio stream.
                 <v>
                      Sets  the  desired  gain  in  dB for all channels in the
                      stream from -200dB to  +60dB,  where  -200dB  mutes  the
                      sound  completely  and  +60dB equals a gain of 1000 (de-
                      fault: 0).
                 <sc>
                      Turns soft clipping on (1) or  off  (0).   Soft-clipping
                      can  make the sound more smooth if very high volume lev-
                      els are used.  Enable this option if the  dynamic  range
                      of the loudspeakers is very low.
                      WARNING:  This  feature creates distortion and should be
                      considered a last resort.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip  if  the
                      sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
              Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the vol-
              ume and the channels filter that can be used  to  down-mix  many
              channels  to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width"
              of the center speaker in a surround sound system.   This  filter
              is  hard  to use, and will require some tinkering before the de-
              sired result is obtained.  The number of options for this filter
              depends  on  the  number  of output channels.  An example how to
              downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter  can
              be found in the examples section near the end.
                 <n>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <Lij>
                      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel
                      j (0-1).  So in principle you first have n numbers  say-
                      ing what to do with the first input channel, then n num-
                      bers that act on the second input channel etc.   If  you
                      do not specify any numbers for some input channels, 0 is
                      assumed.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
                      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
                 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
                      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 in-
                      tact,  and  mix  channels  0 and 1 into output channel 2
                      (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
              Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.   The  audio  data
              used  for  creating  the  subwoofer channel is an average of the
              sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound  is  then
              low-pass  filtered  by a 4th order Butterworth filter with a de-
              fault cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a  separate  channel
              in the audio stream.
              Warning: Disable this filter when you are playing DVDs with Dol-
              by Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this  filter  will  disrupt  the
              sound to the subwoofer.
                 <fc>
                      cutoff  frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to
                      300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best result  try  setting
                      the  cutoff frequency as low as possible.  This will im-
                      prove the stereo or surround sound experience.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in  which  to  insert  the
                      sub-channel  audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and
                      7 (default: 5).  Observe that  the  number  of  channels
                      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
                      Would  add  a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency
                      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
              Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently
              be  low  quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for
              proper extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels  in-
              stead.
                 <ch>
                      Determines  the  channel  number  in which to insert the
                      center channel.  Channel number can be between 0  and  7
                      (default:  5).  Observe that the number of channels will
                      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
              Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like  Dolby  Surround.
              Many  files  with 2 channel audio actually contain matrixed sur-
              round sound.  Requires a sound card supporting at least 4  chan-
              nels.
                 <delay>
                      delay  time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (de-
                      fault: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1 is
                      the  distance  from  the listening position to the front
                      speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening posi-
                      tion  to the rear speakers, then the delay should be set
                      to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
                      Would add surround sound decoding with  15ms  delay  for
                      the sound to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
              Delays  the  sound  to the loudspeakers such that the sound from
              the different channels arrives at the listening position  simul-
              taneously.  It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeak-
              ers.
                 ch1,ch2,...
                      The delay in ms that should be imposed on  each  channel
                      (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as
              follows:

              1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters  in  rela-
                 tion  to your listening position, giving you the distances s1
                 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in  compensating
                 for the subwoofer (you will not hear the difference anyway).

              2. Subtract  the  distances  s1 to s5 from the maximum distance,
                 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] =  1000*s[i]/342;
                 i = 1...5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
                      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
                      channels and the sub by 0ms and the  center  channel  by
                      7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
              Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory map-
              ping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

              int nch                      /*number of channels*/
              int size                     /*buffer size*/
              unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
                                             time new data is exported.*/

              The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
                 <mmapped_file>
                      file to map data to (default:  ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_ex-
                      port)
                 <nsamples>
                      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
                      Would  export 1024 samples per channel to '/tmp/mplayer-
                      af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
              (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right chan-
              nels which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
                 <mul>
                      Sets  the  difference  coefficient  (default: 2.5).  0.0
                      means mono sound (average of both  channels),  with  1.0
                      sound  will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right chan-
                      nels will be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
              Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
                 <method>
                      Sets the used method.
                         1: Use a single sample to smooth the  variations  via
                         the  standard  weighted  mean  over past samples (de-
                         fault).
                         2: Use several samples to smooth the  variations  via
                         the standard weighted mean over past samples.

                 <target>
                      Sets  the  target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum
                      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
              Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API)  plug-
              in.  This filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be
              used at once.
                 <file>
                      Specifies  the   LADSPA   plugin   library   file.    If
                      LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.
                      If it is not set, you  must  supply  a  fully  specified
                      pathname.
                 <label>
                      Specifies the filter within the library.  Some libraries
                      contain only one filter,  but  others  contain  many  of
                      them.   Entering  'help'  here,  will list all available
                      filters within the specified library,  which  eliminates
                      the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
                 <controls>
                      Controls are zero or more floating point values that de-
                      termine the behavior of the loaded plugin  (for  example
                      delay,  threshold  or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to
                      the MPlayer command line), all  available  controls  and
                      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
                      of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
              Compressor/expander filter usable for  microphone  input.   Pre-
              vents artifacts on very loud sound and raises the volume on very
              low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
              Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter
              is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
              Simple  voice  removal  filter exploiting the fact that voice is
              usually recorded with mono gear and later  'center'  mixed  onto
              the  final audio stream.  Beware that this filter will turn your
              signal into mono.  Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not both-
              er trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales  audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to
              playback speed (default).
              This works by playing ´stride´ ms of audio at normal speed  then
              consuming  ´stride*scale´  ms  of  input  audio.   It pieces the
              strides together by blending ´overlap´%  of  stride  with  audio
              following  the  previous stride.  It optionally performs a short
              statistical analysis on the next ´search´ ms of audio to  deter-
              mine the best overlap position.
                 scale=<amount>
                      Nominal  amount  to  scale tempo.  Scales this amount in
                      addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
                 stride=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to output each stride.  Too  high
                      of  value  will  cause  noticeable  skips  at high scale
                      amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.  Very low val-
                      ues  will alter pitch.  Increasing improves performance.
                      (default: 60)
                 overlap=<percent>
                      Percentage of stride to  overlap.   Decreasing  improves
                      performance.  (default: .20)
                 search=<amount>
                      Length  in milliseconds to search for best overlap posi-
                      tion.  Decreasing improves performance greatly.  On slow
                      systems,  you  will  probably want to set this very low.
                      (default: 14)
                 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                      Set response to speed change.
                         tempo
                              Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
                         pitch
                              Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch without
                              altering     tempo.      Add    ´[    speed_mult
                              0.9438743126816935´    and     ´]     speed_mult
                              1.059463094352953´ to your input.conf to step by
                              musical semi-tones.  WARNING:  Loses  sync  with
                              video.
                         both Scale both tempo and pitch.
                         none Ignore speed changes.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would change au-
                      dio tempo to match.
                 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none  -speed 1.2 me-
                 dia.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal  pitch, but changing playback speed has no effect
                      on audio tempo.
                 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10  me-
                 dia.ogg
                      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
                 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
                      Would  make  scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on
                      some platforms.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                      Would playback audio file at 1.2x normal speed, with au-
                      dio  at  normal  pitch.   Changing playback speed, would
                      change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       stats
              Collects and prints statistics about the audio stream, especial-
              ly the volume.  These statistics are especially intended to help
              adjusting the volume while avoiding clipping.  The  volumes  are
              printed  in dB and compatible with the volume audio filter, they
              are always rounded towards -0dB.

              The 'n_samples' field is the total number of samples seen by the
              filter.   The  'mean_volume' field is the root mean square.  The
              'max_volume' field is exactly what it says.  The 'histogram_Xdb'
              fields  count  how  many  samples were at -XdB, for X just below
              max_volume.

              For example, if max_volume is  -7dB  and  histogram_7dB  is  19,
              'volume=7'  will  not  cause  clipping and 'volume=8' will cause
              clipping on exactly 19 samples.

VIDEO FILTERS
       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many  parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To
       explicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'.  Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
              at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list  (-1  is  the
              last).

       -vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a par-
              ticular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on  and  off  or
              yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest.  Useful
              to remove black bands from widescreen movies.
                 <w>,<h>
                      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and
                      height.
                 <x>,<y>
                      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
              Calculates  necessary  cropping parameters and prints the recom-
              mended parameters to stdout.
                 <limit>
                      Threshold, which can be optionally specified from  noth-
                      ing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
                 <round>
                      Value which the width/height should be divisible by (de-
                      fault: 16).  The offset  is  automatically  adjusted  to
                      center  the  video.   Use  2 to get only even dimensions
                      (needed for 4:2:2 video).  16 is best when  encoding  to
                      most video codecs.
                 <reset>
                      Counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect
                      will reset the previously detected  largest  video  area
                      and  start  over to detect the current optimal crop area
                      (default: 0).  This can be  useful  when  channel  logos
                      distort the video area.  0 indicates never reset and re-
                      turn the largest area encountered during playback.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
              Draws a rectangle of the requested width and height at the spec-
              ified  coordinates  over  the image and prints current rectangle
              parameters to the console.  This can be  used  to  find  optimal
              cropping  parameters.   If  you  bind  the  input.conf directive
              'change_rectangle' to keystrokes, you can move  and  resize  the
              rectangle on the fly.
                 <w>,<h>
                      width  and  height  (default: -1, maximum possible width
                      where boundaries are still visible.)
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner position (default: -1,  uppermost  left-
                      most)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
              Expands  (not  scales)  movie  resolution to the given value and
              places the unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can  be  used
              for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

                 <w>,<h>
                      Expanded  width,height (default: original width,height).
                      Negative values for w and h are treated  as  offsets  to
                      the original size.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=0:-50:0:0
                                  Adds  a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the
                                  picture.

                 <x>,<y>
                      position of original image on the  expanded  image  (de-
                      fault: center)

                 <o>
                      OSD/subtitle rendering
                         0: disable (default)
                         1: enable

                 <a>
                      Expands  to  fit  an aspect instead of a resolution (de-
                      fault: 0).

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=800:::::4/3
                                  Expands to 800x600,  unless  the  source  is
                                  higher  resolution, in which case it expands
                                  to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
              Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
              Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
              Rotates  the  image  by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For
              values between 4-7 rotation is only done if the  movie  geometry
              is portrait and not landscape.

                 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

                 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

                 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

                 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:pre-
       size[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
              Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs  a
              YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

                 <w>,<h>
                      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
                      NOTE:  If -zoom is used, and underlying filters (includ-
                      ing libvo) are incapable  of  scaling,  it  defaults  to
                      d_width/d_height!
                          0:   scaled d_width/d_height
                         -1:   original width/height
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         prescaled aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original aspect ratio.
                         -(n+8):  Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to
                         the closest multiple of 16.

                 <interlaced>
                      Toggle interlaced scaling.
                         0: off (default)
                         1: on

                 <chr_drop>
                      chroma skipping
                         0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
                         1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
                         2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
                         3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

                 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
                      Set some scaling parameters depending  on  the  type  of
                      scaler selected with -sws.
                         -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                         0.00:0.60 default
                         0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                         0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                         0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                         1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
                         -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
                         -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                 <presize>
                      Scale to preset sizes.
                         qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
                         qpal:    352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
                         ntsc:    720x480 (standard NTSC)
                         pal:     720x576 (standard PAL)
                         sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
                         spal:    768x576 (square pixel PAL)

                 <noup>
                      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
                         0: Allow upscaling (default).
                         1:  Disallow  upscaling  if one dimension exceeds its
                         original value.
                         2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
                         original values.

                 <arnd>
                      Accurate  rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be
                      faster or slower than the default rounding.
                         0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
                         1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an  arbitrary  point
              in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or
              floating point number (1.33).  Alternatively,  you  may  specify
              the exact display width and height desired.  Note that this fil-
              ter does not do any scaling itself; it just affects  what  later
              scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to cor-
              rect aspect.

                 <w>,<h>
                      New display width and height.  Can also be these special
                      values:
                          0:   original display width and height
                         -1:   original video width and height (default)
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original display aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original video aspect ratio.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:-2
                                  Specifies  a  display  resolution of 800x600
                                  for a 4/3 aspect video,  or  800x450  for  a
                                  16/9 aspect video.
                 <aspect-method>
                      Modifies  width  and height according to original aspect
                      ratios.
                         -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
                          0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         maximum resolution.
                          1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.
                          2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and  <h>  as
                         maximum resolution.
                          3:  Keep  video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:600:0
                                  Specifies a display resolution  of  at  most
                                  800x600,  or  smaller,  in order to keep as-
                                  pect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       yvu9
              Forces  software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.  Deprecated
              in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
              Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
              conversion.

       palette
              RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
              Restricts  the  colorspace for the next filter without doing any
              conversion.  Use together with the scale filter for a real  con-
              version.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
                 <outfourcc>
                      Format  name  that should be substituted for the output.
                      If this is not 100% compatible with the  <fourcc>  value
                      it will crash.
                      Valid examples:
                      format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
                      Invalid examples (will crash):
                      format=rgb24:yv12

       noformat[=fourcc]
              Restricts  the  colorspace for the next filter without doing any
              conversion.  Unlike the format filter, this will allow any  col-
              orspace except the one you specify.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
              Enables  the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.  Sub-
              filters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepend-
              ing  a  '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short and a
              long name that can be used interchangeably, i.e.  dr/dering  are
              the  same.   All  subfilters  share  common options to determine
              their scope:
                 a/autoq
                      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too
                      slow.
                 c/chrom
                      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
                 y/nochrom
                      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
                 n/noluma
                      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

              NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

              Available subfilters are

                 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>:  Difference  factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where  lower  values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the dif-
                 ference and flatness values so you cannot set different hori-
                 zontal and vertical thresholds.

                 h1/x1hdeblock
                      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

                 v1/x1vdeblock
                      experimental vertical deblocking filter

                 dr/dering
                      deringing filter

                 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
                      temporal noise reducer
                         <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

                 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
                      automatic brightness / contrast correction
                         f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

                 lb/linblenddeint
                      Linear  blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
                      given block by filtering all lines with a (1 2  1)  fil-
                      ter.

                 li/linipoldeint
                      Linear  interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinter-
                      laces the given block by  linearly  interpolating  every
                      second line.

                 ci/cubicipoldeint
                      Cubic  interpolating  deinterlacing  filter deinterlaces
                      the given block by cubically interpolating every  second
                      line.

                 md/mediandeint
                      Median  deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
                      block by applying a median filter to every second line.

                 fd/ffmpegdeint
                      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the  given
                      block  by  filtering  every second line with a (-1 4 2 4
                      -1) filter.

                 l5/lowpass5
                      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
                      deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with
                      a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

                 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
                      Overrides the quantizer table from the  input  with  the
                      constant quantizer you specify.
                         <quantizer>: quantizer to use

                 de/default
                      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

                 fa/fast
                      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

                 ac
                      high       quality       pp      filter      combination
                      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
                      horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and  auto-
                      matic brightness/contrast
                 -vf pp=de/-al
                      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
                 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
                      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
                 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
                      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch ver-
                      tical deblocking on or off  automatically  depending  on
                      available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
              Simple  postprocessing  filter  that compresses and decompresses
              the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)
              shifts and averages the results.

                 <quality>
                      0-6 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding (default)
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
                      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
              Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter  that  compresses  and
              decompresses  the  image at several (or - in the case of quality
              level 8 - all) shifts and averages the results.   The  way  this
              differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
              decodes each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a  sim-
              plified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

                 <quality>
                      0-8 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
              faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

                 <quality>
                      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
                      video).

                 <-15-32>
                      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
                      more artifacts,  while  higher  values  make  the  image
                      smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

                 <bframes>
                      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
                      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
              Variant  of  the  spp  filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT
              where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
              quantization parameter (QP) change filter

                 <equation>
                      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
              generic equation change filter

                 <equation>
                      Some equation, e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image hori-
                      zontally.  You can use whitespace to make  the  equation
                      more readable.  There are a couple of constants that can
                      be used in the equation:
                         PI: the number pi
                         E: the number e
                         X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
                         W / H: width and height of the image
                         SW / SH: width/height scale depending on the current-
                         ly  filtered  plane,  e.g.  1,1  and  0.5,0.5 for YUV
                         4:2:0.
                         p(x,y): returns the value of the  pixel  at  location
                         x/y of the current plane.

       test
              Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
              Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR is-
              sues.  You should see a red, green and blue stripe from  top  to
              bottom.

                 <width>
                      Desired  width of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      width of input image.

                 <height>
                      Desired height of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      height of input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
              Fast  software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use
              with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

                 <quality>
                      1-31: fixed qscale
                      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

                 <fps>
                      force output fps (float value) (default:  0,  autodetect
                      based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
              Set  up  optimal  scaling  for  DVB cards, scaling the x axis in
              hardware and calculating the y axis scaling in software to  keep
              aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

                 <aspect>
                      Control  aspect ratio, calculate as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRA-
                      TIO (default: 576*4/3=768), set  it  to  576*(16/9)=1024
                      for a 16:9 TV.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
                      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
              Adds noise.
                 <0-100>
                      luma noise
                 <0-100>
                      chroma noise
                 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
                 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
                 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
                 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
                 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              This  filter  aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images
              and making still images really still (This should  enhance  com-
              pressibility.).
                 <luma_spatial>
                      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
                 <chroma_spatial>
                      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
                 <luma_tmp>
                      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
                 <chroma_tmp>
                      chroma  temporal strength (default: luma_tmp*chroma_spa-
                      tial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              High precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.  Parame-
              ters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
              Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
                 <depth>
                      Larger  depth values will denoise lower frequency compo-
                      nents more, but slow down filtering (default: 8).
                 <luma_strength>
                      luma strength (default: 1.0)
                 <chroma_strength>
                      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
              Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard-
              ware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support brightness
              and contrast controls in hardware.  Might also  be  useful  with
              MEncoder,  either  for  fixing  poorly  captured  movies, or for
              slightly reducing contrast to mask artifacts  and  get  by  with
              lower bitrates.
                 <-100-100>
                      initial brightness
                 <-100-100>
                      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Alternative  software  equalizer  that  uses lookup tables (very
              slow), allowing gamma correction in addition to  simple  bright-
              ness  and  contrast  adjustment.  Note that it uses the same MMX
              optimized code as -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.   The  pa-
              rameters are given as floating point values.
                 <0.1-10>
                      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
                 <-2-2>
                      initial contrast, where negative values result in a neg-
                      ative image (default: 1.0)
                 <-1-1>
                      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
                 <0-3>
                      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
                 <0-1>
                      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
                      a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them
                      from getting overamplified and just plain white.  A val-
                      ue  of  0.0  turns the gamma correction all the way down
                      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
              Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard-
              ware  equalizer,  for  cards/drivers that do not support hue and
              saturation controls in hardware.
                 <-180-180>
                      initial hue (default: 0.0)
                 <-100-100>
                      initial saturation, where negative values  result  in  a
                      negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
              Convert  planar  YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsam-
              pling luma but keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for output to
              low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor
              quality or is not available.  Can also be used  as  a  primitive
              luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.
                 <f>
                      By  default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when down-
                      sampling.  Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the de-
                      fault (averaging) behavior.
                         0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
                         1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
              When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma in-
              terlacing does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling
              of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data
              into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in  their  proper
              locations,  so  that  in any given scanline, the luma and chroma
              data both come from the same field.
                 <mode>
                      Select the sampling mode.
                         0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
                         1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
              Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it
              will  force  duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This
              uses slightly more space, but is necessary for  output  to  MPEG
              files  or  if you plan to demux and remux the video stream after
              encoding.  Should be placed at or near the  end  of  the  filter
              chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
              Only  useful  with  MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping
              (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
              point  during  the filter chain.  This allows filters which need
              to see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal  denoising,  etc.)
              to  function properly.  Should be placed after the filters which
              need to see all frames and before any  subsequent  filters  that
              are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
              Drops  frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame
              in order to reduce framerate.  The main use of  this  filter  is
              for  very-low-bitrate  encoding  (e.g. streaming over dialup mo-
              dem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were
              inverse-telecined incorrectly.
                 <max>
                      Sets  the maximum number of consecutive frames which can
                      be dropped (if positive), or the  minimum  interval  be-
                      tween dropped frames (if negative).
                 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
                      A  frame  is  a  candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region
                      differs by more than a threshold of  <hi>,  and  if  not
                      more  than  <frac>  portion  (1 meaning the whole image)
                      differs by more than a threshold  of  <lo>.   Values  of
                      <hi> and <lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent ac-
                      tual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64  cor-
                      responds  to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the
                      same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
              The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and drops  the  first
              from a set of interlaced video frames.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
                      0.1)
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      What part of the image has to be detected as  interlaced
                      to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
              FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       lavfi=filtergraph
              FFmpeg  libavfilter wrapper.  filtergraph defines a whole libav-
              filter graph with one input and one output.  See http://www.ffm-
              peg.org/libavfilter.html#SEC4 for details.

              As a special case, if filtergraph is $word then the value of the
              word environment variable is used; this is necessary  if  commas
              are  present in the graph description, as mplayer uses them as a
              delimiter between filters.

              NOTE: This filter is considered experimental,  it  may  interact
              strangely with other filters.

              EXAMPLE:
              overlay="movie=$small_video, scale=160:120 [ca]; [in] [ca] over-
              lay=16:8" mplayer -vf lavfi='$overlay' $big_video

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
              Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
              of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
                 <0-255>
                      threshold (default: 10)
                 <map>
                         0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
                         1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

                 <order>
                         0: Leave fields alone (default).
                         1: Swap fields.

                 <sharp>
                         0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable additional sharpening.

                 <twoway>
                         0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
              unsharp mask / gaussian blur

                 l
                      Apply effect on luma component.

                 c
                      Apply effect on chroma components.

                 <width>x<height>
                      width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both direc-
                      tions (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or  11x13,  usually  some-
                      thing between 3x3 and 7x7)

                 amount
                      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a
                      sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
                         <0: blur
                         >0: sharpen

       swapuv
              Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
              (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is  to  add  the
              ability  to process interlaced images pre-field without deinter-
              lacing them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play it  on
              a  TV  without  breaking  the  interlacing.  While deinterlacing
              (with the postprocessing filter) removes interlacing permanently
              (by  smoothing,  averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits the frame
              into 2 fields (so called half  pictures),  so  you  can  process
              (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
                 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
                 i    interleave
                 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
              (De)interleaves  lines.   This  filter is very similar to the il
              filter but much faster, the main disadvantage is  that  it  does
              not  always  work.  Especially if combined with other filters it
              may produce randomly messed up images, so be happy if  it  works
              but  do not complain if it does not for your combination of fil-
              ters.
                 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
                 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
              Extracts a single field from an interlaced  image  using  stride
              arithmetic  to  avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n
              specifies whether to extract the even or the odd field  (depend-
              ing on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
              Attempts  to  reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean,
              non-interlaced stream at film framerate.  This was the first and
              most  primitive  inverse telecine filter to be added to MPlayer/
              MEncoder.  It works by latching onto the  telecine  3:2  pattern
              and  following  it  as long as possible.  This makes it suitable
              for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
              degree  of  noise,  but  it will fail in the presence of complex
              post-telecine edits.  Development on this filter  is  no  longer
              taking  place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
              applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be
              used to control detc's behavior:

                 <dr>
                      Set the frame dropping mode.
                         0:  Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output fram-
                         erate (default).
                         1: Always drop a frame when there have been no  drops
                         or telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
                         2:  Always  maintain  exact 5:4 input to output frame
                         ratio.
                         NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

                 <am>
                      Analysis mode.
                         0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number  specified
                         by <fr>.
                         1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

                 <fr>
                      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
                      clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced
                      frames.   The  default,  -1,  means 'not in telecine se-
                      quence'.  The number specified here is the type for  the
                      imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

                 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
                      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
              Experimental  'stateless'  inverse telecine filter.  Rather than
              trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter  does,  ivtc
              makes  its  decisions  independently  for each frame.  This will
              give much better results for material that has  undergone  heavy
              editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as
              forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture.  The  optional
              parameter  (ivtc=1)  corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc
              filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not  with  MPlayer.
              As  with  detc,  you  must  specify the correct output framerate
              (-ofps 24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development  on
              ivtc  has  stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters appear to
              be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Third-generation pulldown reversal  (inverse  telecine)  filter,
              capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progres-
              sive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup filter
              is  designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking
              advantage of future context in making its decisions.  Like ivtc,
              pullup  is  stateless  in the sense that it does not lock onto a
              pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
              fields  in  order  to  identify  matches and rebuild progressive
              frames.  It is still under development, but believed to be quite
              accurate.

                 jl, jr, jt, and jb
                      These  options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the
                      left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively.
                      Left/right  are  in  units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom
                      are in units of 2 lines.  The default  is  8  pixels  on
                      each side.

                 sb (strict breaks)
                      Setting  this  option  to  1  will reduce the chances of
                      pullup generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it
                      may  also  cause  an  excessive  number  of frames to be
                      dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely,  set-
                      ting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more easily.
                      This may help processing of video where there is  slight
                      blurring between the fields, but may also cause there to
                      be interlaced frames in the output.

                 mp (metric plane)
                      This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a  chroma  plane
                      instead  of  the  luma plane for doing pullup's computa-
                      tions.  This may improve accuracy on very  clean  source
                      material,  but more likely will decrease accuracy, espe-
                      cially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or  any
                      grayscale  video.   The  main purpose of setting mp to a
                      chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make  pullup  us-
                      able in realtime on slow machines.

              NOTE:  Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encod-
              ing to ensure that pullup is able to see each frame.  Failure to
              do  so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash, due
              to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
              Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
              is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
              and hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed
              down  or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only the
              luma plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has  no
              match,  it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.  If
              the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow ac-
              cess to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending on
              the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice,  as  long
              as  you  do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings.  With
              no options it does normal inverse telecine, and should  be  used
              together  with  mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.  When
              this filter is used with MPlayer, it will result  in  an  uneven
              framerate during playback, but it is still generally better than
              using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple options can be
              specified separated by /.

                 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
                      Just  like  the  crop  filter,  but faster, and works on
                      mixed hard and soft telecined content as well as when  y
                      is  not  a multiple of 4.  If x or y would require crop-
                      ping fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the  crop
                      area  is extended.  This usually means that x and y must
                      be even.

                 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
                      For each ifps input frames the filter will  output  ofps
                      frames.    The  ratio  of  ifps/ofps  should  match  the
                      -fps/-ofps ratio.  This could be used to  filter  movies
                      that  are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different from
                      their original framerate.

                 luma_only=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is  copied  unchanged.
                      This  is  useful for YV12 sampled TV, which discards one
                      of the chroma fields.

                 mmx2=<n>
                      On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized  functions,  if  n=2,
                      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
                      If this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are au-
                      to-detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

                 fast=<n>
                      The  larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of
                      accuracy.  The default value is n=3.  If  n  is  odd,  a
                      frame  immediately following a frame marked with the RE-
                      PEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive,
                      thus  filter  will  not spend any time on soft-telecined
                      MPEG-2 content.  This is the only effect of this flag if
                      MMX2 or 3DNow! is available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if
                      n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used as with n=2
                      or  3.   If  n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used to
                      find the frame breaks is reduced from 256 to 128,  which
                      results in a faster filter without losing much accuracy.
                      If n=4 or 5, a faster, but  much  less  accurate  metric
                      will  be  used  to  find the frame breaks, which is more
                      likely to misdetect high vertical detail  as  interlaced
                      content.

                 verbose=<n>
                      If  n  is  nonzero,  print the detailed metrics for each
                      frame.  Useful for debugging.

                 dint_thres=<n>
                      Deinterlace threshold.  Used  during  de-interlacing  of
                      unmatched  frames.   Larger value means less deinterlac-
                      ing, use n=256 to  completely  turn  off  deinterlacing.
                      Default is n=8.

                 comb_thres=<n>
                      Threshold  for  comparing  a top and bottom fields.  De-
                      faults to 128.

                 diff_thres=<n>
                      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
                      is 128.

                 sad_thres=<n>
                      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
              This  filter  works  only  correct with MEncoder and acts on the
              MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).  If you
              want  to  use  the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly
              soft telecined, inserting this filter before  them  should  make
              them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
              Inverse   telecine  for  deinterlaced  video.   If  3:2-pulldown
              telecined video has lost one of the fields  or  is  deinterlaced
              using  a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other,
              the result is a juddering video that has every fourth frame  du-
              plicated.  This filter is intended to find and drop those dupli-
              cates and restore the original film framerate.  When using  this
              filter, you must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of the in-
              put file and place the softskip later in  the  filter  chain  to
              make  sure  that divtc sees all the frames.  Two different modes
              are available: One pass mode is the default and is  straightfor-
              ward  to  use,  but has the disadvantage that any changes in the
              telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder
              until the filter can resync again.  Two pass mode avoids this by
              analyzing the whole video beforehand so  it  will  have  forward
              knowledge  about  the  phase changes and can resync at the exact
              spot.  These passes do not correspond to pass one and two of the
              encoding  process.   You must run an extra pass using divtc pass
              one before the actual  encoding  throwing  the  resulting  video
              away.   Use  -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to avoid wasting CPU
              power for this pass.  You may add  something  like  crop=2:2:0:0
              after  divtc  to speed things up even more.  Then use divtc pass
              two for the actual encoding.  If you use multiple encoder  pass-
              es, use divtc pass two for all of them.  The options are:

                 pass=1|2
                      Use two pass mode.

                 file=<filename>
                      Set   the  two  pass  log  filename  (default:  "framed-
                      iff.log").

                 threshold=<value>
                      Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must  have
                      for the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is
                      used to avoid recognizing false pattern from  the  parts
                      of the video that are very dark or very still.

                 window=<numframes>
                      Set  the number of past frames to look at when searching
                      for pattern (default: 30).  Longer window  improves  the
                      reliability  of  the  pattern search, but shorter window
                      improves  the  reaction  time  to  the  changes  in  the
                      telecine  phase.   This  only affects the one pass mode.
                      The two pass mode currently uses fixed window  that  ex-
                      tends to both future and past.

                 phase=0|1|2|3|4
                      Sets  the  initial telecine phase for one pass mode (de-
                      fault: 0).  The two pass mode can see the future, so  it
                      is able to use the correct phase from the beginning, but
                      one pass mode can only guess.  It  catches  the  correct
                      phase  when  it finds it, but this option can be used to
                      fix the possible juddering at the beginning.  The  first
                      pass of the two pass mode also uses this, so if you save
                      the output from the first pass, you get  constant  phase
                      result.

                 deghost=<value>
                      Set  the  deghosting threshold (0-255 for one pass mode,
                      -255-255 for two pass mode,  default  0).   If  nonzero,
                      deghosting  mode  is  used.   This is for video that has
                      been deinterlaced by blending the  fields  together  in-
                      stead  of dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting ampli-
                      fies any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so
                      the  parameter  value  is used as a threshold to exclude
                      those pixels from deghosting that differ from the previ-
                      ous  frame  less than specified value.  If two pass mode
                      is used, then negative value can be  used  to  make  the
                      filter  analyze  the  whole  video  in  the beginning of
                      pass-2 to determine whether it needs deghosting  or  not
                      and then select either zero or the absolute value of the
                      parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes  no
                      difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
              Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order
              changes.  The intended use is to fix PAL movies that  have  been
              captured  with  the  opposite  field  order to the film-to-video
              transfer.  The options are:

                 t    Capture field order  top-first,  transfer  bottom-first.
                      Filter will delay the bottom field.

                 b    Capture  bottom-first,  transfer top-first.  Filter will
                      delay the top field.

                 p    Capture and transfer with the same  field  order.   This
                      mode  only exists for the documentation of the other op-
                      tions to refer to, but if you actually  select  it,  the
                      filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

                 a    Capture  field  order  determined automatically by field
                      flags, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and  b
                      modes  on  a frame by frame basis using field flags.  If
                      no field information is available, then this works  just
                      like u.

                 u    Capture  unknown  or varying, transfer opposite.  Filter
                      selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by  ana-
                      lyzing  the  images  and  selecting the alternative that
                      produces best match between the fields.

                 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.   Filter
                      selects among t and p using image analysis.

                 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Fil-
                      ter selects among b and p using image analysis.

                 A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer  unknown  or
                      varying.   Filter  selects  among t, b and p using field
                      flags and image analysis.  If no  field  information  is
                      available, then this works just like U.  This is the de-
                      fault mode.

                 U    Both capture and transfer unknown  or  varying.   Filter
                      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

                 v    Verbose  operation.   Prints  the selected mode for each
                      frame and the average squared difference between  fields
                      for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
              Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
              most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can  be
              used   with  'mencoder  -fps  30000/1001  -ofps  30000/1001  -vf
              telecine'.  Both fps options  are  essential!   (A/V  sync  will
              break  if  they  are wrong.)  The optional start parameter tells
              the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
              Temporal field interlacing - merge pairs of frames into  an  in-
              terlaced  frame,  halving  the framerate.  Even frames are moved
              into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field.   This  can
              be  used  to  fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in
              mode 0).  Available modes are:
                 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the low-
                      er field, generating a full-height frame at half framer-
                      ate.
                 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped;  height
                      unchanged.
                 2    Only  output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height
                      unchanged.
                 3    Expand each frame to  full  height,  but  pad  alternate
                      lines with black; framerate unchanged.
                 4    Interleave  even  lines  from even frames with odd lines
                      from odd frames.  Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
              Temporal field separation - split fields into  frames,  doubling
              the  output  framerate.  Like the telecine filter, tfields might
              not work completely right unless used  with  MEncoder  and  both
              -fps and -ofps set to the desired (double) framerate!
                 <mode>
                      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
                      1:  Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might
                      not be so good.)
                      2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear  interpola-
                      tion (no jump).
                      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (high-
                      er quality) (default).
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
                      appropriate  information and no other filters which dis-
                      card that information come before tfields in the  filter
                      chain, otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field first).
                      0: top field first
                      1: bottom field first
                      NOTE:  This  option will possibly be removed in a future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter
                 <mode>
                      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
                      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
                      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      Operates like tfields.
                      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in  a  future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
              Motion  compensating deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame
              as input and must  thus  be  used  together  with  tfields=1  or
              yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
                 <mode>
                      0: fast
                      1: medium
                      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
                      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
                 <parity>
                      0  or  1 selects which field to use (note: no autodetec-
                      tion yet!).
                 <qp>
                      Higher values should result in a smoother motion  vector
                      field but less optimal individual vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
              box blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength
                 <power>
                      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
              shape adaptive blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
                 <pf>
                      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
                 <colorDiff>
                      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered
                      (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
              smart blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
                 <strength>
                      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
                 <threshold>
                      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges
                      (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
              Correct  the  perspective  of movies not filmed perpendicular to
              the screen.
                 <x0>,<y0>,...
                      coordinates of the top left,  top  right,  bottom  left,
                      bottom right corners
                 <t>
                      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
              Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate al-
              gorithm.

       1bpp
              1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
              Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo
              fields  and  places them side by side, resizing them to maintain
              the original movie aspect.
                 <lines>
                      number of lines to select from the middle of  the  image
                      (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
              The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
              them on top of the movie, allowing some transformations  on  the
              image.   Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test pro-
              gram.
                 <hidden>
                      Set the default value of the 'hidden'  flag  (0=visible,
                      1=hidden).
                 <opaque>
                      Set  the default value of the 'opaque' flag (0=transpar-
                      ent, 1=opaque).
                 <fifo>
                      path/filename  for  the  FIFO  (named  pipe   connecting
                      'mplayer -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

              FIFO commands are:
                 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
                 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
                 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
                 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
                 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
                      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
                 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
                      Clear area.
                 OPAQUE
                      Disable  all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0"
                      to enable it again.
                 HIDE
                      Hide bitmap.
                 SHOW
                      Show bitmap.

              Arguments are:
                 <width>, <height>
                      image/area size
                 <xpos>, <ypos>
                      Start blitting at position x/y.
                 <alpha>
                      Set alpha difference.  If you set this to -255  you  can
                      then  send  a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set the area
                      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
                         0:    same as original
                         255:  Make everything opaque.
                         -255: Make everything transparent.

                 <clear>
                      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
                         0: The image will just be blitted on top of  the  old
                         one,  so you do not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data
                         every time a small part of the screen is updated.
                         1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
              Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

              If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
              only keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in
              every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for  AVI  it  means  every
              scene  change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint= value
              if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

              When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by  a  newline
              character  is  printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/MEn-
              coder output on the screen, because it  contains  the  time  (in
              seconds)  and frame number of the keyframe (You can use this in-
              formation to split the AVI.).

              If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only
              one in every 'step' frames is rendered.

              If  you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is
              printed (like the I parameter).

              If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames,  only
              I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
              Tile  a  series  of  images into a single, bigger image.  If you
              omit a parameter or use a value less than 0,  then  the  default
              value  is  used.   You can also stop when you are satisfied (...
              -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
              filter before the tile :-)

              The parameters are:

                 <xtiles>
                      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
                 <ytiles>
                      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
                 <output>
                      Render  the  tile  when  'output'  number  of frames are
                      reached, where 'output' should be  a  number  less  than
                      xtile  *  ytile.   Missing  tiles  are  left blank.  You
                      could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50  frames
                      to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
                 <start>
                      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
                 <delta>
                      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
              Suppresses  a  TV  station logo by a simple interpolation of the
              surrounding pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo  and
              watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier appear -
              your mileage may vary).
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner of the logo
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height of the cleared rectangle
                 <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
                      and  h).   When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on
                      the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parame-
                      ters.
                 file=<file>
                      You  can  specify  a  text  file to load the coordinates
                      from.  Each line must have a timestamp (in seconds,  and
                      in  ascending  order) and the "x:y:w:h:t" coordinates (t
                      can be omitted).

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
              Suppresses a TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image  file  to
              determine  which pixels comprise the logo.  The width and height
              of the image file must match those of  the  video  stream  being
              processed.   Uses the filter image and a circular blur algorithm
              to remove the logo.

                 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
                      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
              Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output
              device.

                 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
                      These  options  set  the maximum width and height the zr
                      card can handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently can-
                      not query those).

                 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
                      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automat-
                      ically to the values known for card/mode combo.  For ex-
                      ample,  valid  options  are:  dc10-PAL and buz-NTSC (de-
                      fault: dc10+PAL)

                 color|bw
                      Select color or black and  white  encoding.   Black  and
                      white encoding is faster.  Color is the default.

                 hdec={1,2,4}
                      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 vdec={1,2,4}
                      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 quality=1-20
                      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

                 fd|nofd
                      By  default,  decimation  is only performed if the Zoran
                      hardware can upscale the resulting MJPEG images  to  the
                      original  size.   The  option fd instructs the filter to
                      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot=prefix
              Allows acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode  com-
              mands that can be bound to keypresses.  See the slave mode docu-
              mentation and the INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for  details.   By
              default  files named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the working
              directory, using the first available number - no files  will  be
              overwritten.   Specify  a prefix to change the name or location,
              e.g.  -vf screenshot=shots/now will save the files in the direc-
              tory shots with nowNNNN.png as name.  The filter has no overhead
              when not used and accepts an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe
              to add it to the configuration file.  Make sure that the screen-
              shot filter is added after all other filters  whose  effect  you
              want  to  record on the saved image.  E.g. it should be the last
              filter if you want to have an exact screenshot of what  you  see
              on the monitor.

       ass
              Moves  SSA/ASS  subtitle  rendering to an arbitrary point in the
              filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf ass,screenshot
                      Moves SSA/ASS rendering before  the  screenshot  filter.
                      Screenshots taken this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
              Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful
              to detect chapter transitions or commercials.  Output lines con-
              sist  of  the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage
              of blackness, the frame type and the frame number  of  the  last
              encountered keyframe.

                 <amount>
                      Percentage  of  the  pixels  that  have  to be below the
                      threshold (default: 98).

                 <threshold>
                      Threshold below which a pixel value is considered  black
                      (default: 32).

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

                 <in> Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
                      sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                             side  by  side parallel (left eye left, right eye
                             right)
                      sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                             side by side crosseye (right eye left,  left  eye
                             right)
                      sbs2l or side_by_side_half_width_left_first
                             side by side with half width resolution (left eye
                             left, right eye right)
                      sbs2r or side_by_side_half_width_right_first
                             side by side with half  width  resolution  (right
                             eye left, left eye right)
                      abl or above_below_left_first
                             above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
                      abl or above_below_right_first
                             above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
                      ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (left eye
                             above, right eye below)
                      ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                             above-below with half  height  resolution  (right
                             eye above, left eye below)

                 <out>
                      Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are
                      all the input formats as well as:
                      arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                             anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on  left  eye,
                             cyan filter on right eye)
                      arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                             anaglyph  red/cyan  half  colored  (red filter on
                             left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left  eye,
                             cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                             anaglyph  red/cyan color optimized with the least
                             squares projection of dubois (red filter on  left
                             eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                             anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left
                             eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                             anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter
                             on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                             anaglyph  green/magenta  colored (green filter on
                             left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                             anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on  left
                             eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                             anaglyph  yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter
                             on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue colored  (yellow  filter  on
                             left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                             Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye
                             starts on next row)
                      irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                             Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye
                             starts on next row)
                      ml or mono_left
                             mono output (left eye only)
                      mr or mono_right
                             mono output (right eye only)
                 NOTE: To use either of the interleaved-rows output formats to
                 display full-screen on a row-interleaved 3D display, you will
                 need to scale the video to the correct height first using the
                 "scale" filter, if it is not already the right height.  Typi-
                 cally,    that    is   1080   rows   (so   use   e.g.    "-vf
                 scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for  a  720p  side-by-side
                 encoded movie).

       gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
              Fix  the  banding  artifacts  that are sometimes introduced into
              nearly flat regions by truncation to 8bit colordepth.   Interpo-
              lates  the  gradients  that  should  go where the bands are, and
              dithers them.

              This filter is designed for playback only.  Do not use it  prior
              to  lossy  compression,  because  compression  tends to lose the
              dither and bring back the bands.

                 <strength>
                      Maximum amount by which the filter will change  any  one
                      pixel.  Also the threshold for detecting nearly flat re-
                      gions (default: 1.2).

                 <radius>
                      Neighborhood to fit  the  gradient  to.   Larger  radius
                      makes for smoother gradients, but also prevents the fil-
                      ter from modifying pixels  near  detailed  regions  (de-
                      fault: 16).

       fixpts[=options]
              Fixes  the  presentation timestamps (PTS) of the frames.  By de-
              fault, the PTS passed to the next filter  is  dropped,  but  the
              following options can change that:

                 print
                      Print the incoming PTS.

                 fps=<fps>
                      Specify a frame per second value.

                 start=<pts>
                      Specify an initial value for the PTS.

                 autostart=<n>
                      Uses  the nth incoming PTS as the initial PTS.  All pre-
                      vious PTS are kept, so setting a huge value or -1  keeps
                      the PTS intact.

                 autofps=<n>
                      Uses  the nth incoming PTS after the end of autostart to
                      determine the framerate.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
                      Generates a new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS  subti-
                      tles,  then drops it.  Generating a new sequence is use-
                      ful when the timestamps are reset  during  the  program;
                      this  is frequent on DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary
                      to avoid confusing encoders.

              NOTE: Using this filter together with any sort of  seeking  (in-
              cluding -ss and EDLs) may make demons fly out of your nose.

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
              Delays  either  audio  or  video by setting a delay field in the
              header (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream  while
              encoding, but the player will see the delay field and compensate
              accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative val-
              ues  delay  the  video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of
              the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
              -delay  0.2,  you  can fix the video with MEncoder by using -au-
              dio-delay -0.2.

              Currently, this option only works with the  default  muxer  (-of
              avi).   If  you  are  using a different muxer, then you must use
              -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
              Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2  for  0.5s  long
              audio chunks).
              NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
              chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
              Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
              Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -fafmttag 0x55
                      Will have the output file contain 0x55  (mp3)  as  audio
                      format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
              Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ffourcc div3
                      Will  have the output file contain 'div3' as video four-
                      cc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
              Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
              can be used to change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
              Specify  the  name  of  the audio file with framenumber mappings
              created in the first (audio only) pass of a special  three  pass
              encoding mode.
              NOTE:  Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do
              not use it.  It is kept for  backwards  compatibility  only  and
              will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
              Use  a  more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.
              Areas marked for skipping  are  not  seeked  over,  instead  all
              frames  are  decoded, but only the necessary frames are encoded.
              This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
              NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
              Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

              Available options are:

                 help
                      Show this description.

                 name=<value>
                      title of the work

                 artist=<value>
                      artist or author of the work

                 genre=<value>
                      original work category

                 subject=<value>
                      contents of the work

                 copyright=<value>
                      copyright information

                 srcform=<value>
                      original format of the digitized material

                 comment=<value>
                      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
              Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the  MEncoder
              filter  chain.   Useful  to control at which point of the filter
              chain subtitles are rendered when hardcoding  subtitles  onto  a
              movie.

       -noencodedups
              Do  not  attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always
              output  zero-byte  frames  to  indicate  duplicates.   Zero-byte
              frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
              of doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only  such
              filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
              Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
              Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
              Outputs to the given filename.
              If  you  want a default output filename, you can put this option
              in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
              Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -oac copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -oac pcm
                      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
                 -oac mp3lame
                      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
                 -oac lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
              Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
              NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -of avi
                      Encode to AVI.
                 -of mpeg
                      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
                 -of lavf
                      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
                 -of rawvideo
                      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
                 -of rawaudio
                      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
              Specify a frames per second (fps) value  for  the  output  file,
              which  can  be different from that of the source material.  Must
              be  set  for  variable  fps  (ASF,  some  MOV)  and  progressive
              (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
              Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ovc copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -ovc raw
                      Encode  to  an  arbitrary  uncompressed format (use '-vf
                      format' to select).
                 -ovc lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
              Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default
              divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
              Specify  the  maximum number of frames that may be skipped after
              encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
              Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub  files.   This
              turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it
              to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
              Specify the language two letter code for  the  subtitles.   This
              overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
              Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default:
              0).

       -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
              Force key frames at the specified timestamps, more precisely  at
              the first frame after each specified time.

              This  option  can be used to ensure that a seek point is present
              at a chapter mark or any other designated place  in  the  output
              file.

              The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

              Since  MEncoder does not send timestamps along the filter chain,
              you probably need to use the fixpts filter for  this  option  to
              work.

              Not all codecs support forced key frames.  Currently, support is
              only implemented for the following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the  following
       syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where  <codec>  may  be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame, twolame, nuv,
       xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
              get help

       vbr=<0-4>
              variable bitrate method
                 0    cbr
                 1    mt
                 2    rh (default)
                 3    abr
                 4    mtrh

       abr
              average bitrate

       cbr
              constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR
              presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
              bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
              quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
              algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
              compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
              audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
              (default: auto)
                 0    stereo
                 1    joint-stereo
                 2    dualchannel
                 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
                 0    none
                 1    all
                 2    adjust

       fast
              Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
              results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the
              specified  one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable fil-
              tering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies above  the
              specified  one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable fil-
              tering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       preset=<value>
              preset values

                 help
                      Print additional options and information  about  presets
                      settings.

                 medium
                      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

                 standard
                      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

                 extreme
                      VBR  encoding,  very  high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate
                      range

                 insane
                      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

                 <8-320>
                      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

              EXAMPLES:
                 fast:preset=standard
                      suitable for most people and most music  types  and  al-
                      ready quite high quality
                 cbr:preset=192
                      Encode  with  ABR  presets at a 192 kbps forced constant
                      bitrate.
                 preset=172
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
                 preset=extreme
                      for people  with  extremely  good  hearing  and  similar
                      equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
              In  CBR  mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in kbps, when
              in VBR mode it is the minimum bitrate allowed  per  frame.   VBR
              mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
              variability  range;  if  negative the encoder shifts the average
              bitrate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.
              When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
              maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
              (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
              psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
              Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
              debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
              average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
              quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
              object type complexity
                 1    MAIN (default)
                 2    LOW
                 3    SSR
                 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
              MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
              Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
              cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
              Stores  the  bitstream as raw payload with extradata in the con-
              tainer header (default: 0, corresponds to  ADTS).   Do  not  set
              this  flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able to
              remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.   Read
       the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
                 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the
              o= unneeded and pass all unknown options  through  the  AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some AVOptions may conflict with  MEn-
              coder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
              audio codec (default: mp2)
                 ac3
                      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
                 adpcm_*
                      Adaptive  PCM  formats  - see the HTML documentation for
                      details.
                 flac
                      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
                 g726
                      G.726 ADPCM
                 libfaac
                      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
                 libmp3lame
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
                 mp2
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
                 pcm_*
                      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 roq_dpcm
                      Id Software RoQ DPCM
                 sonic
                      experimental simple lossy codec
                 sonicls
                      experimental simple lossless codec
                 vorbis
                      Vorbis
                 wmav1
                      Windows Media Audio v1
                 wmav2
                      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
              audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
              Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
              Use only bit exact  algorithms  (except  (I)DCT).   Additionally
              bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus should only be
              used for regression tests, which  need  binary  identical  files
              even  if  the encoder version changes.  This also suppresses the
              user_data header in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option  un-
              less you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
              Maximum  number  of  threads  to  use  (default: 1).  May have a
              slight negative effect on motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
              Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
                 asv1
                      ASUS Video v1
                 asv2
                      ASUS Video v2
                 dvvideo
                      Sony Digital Video
                 ffv1
                      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
                 ffvhuff
                      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
                 flv
                      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
                 h261
                      H.261
                 h263
                      H.263
                 h263p
                      H.263+
                 huffyuv
                      HuffYUV
                 libtheora
                      Theora
                 libx264
                      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
                 libxvid
                      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
                 ljpeg
                      Lossless JPEG
                 mjpeg
                      Motion JPEG
                 mpeg1video
                      MPEG-1 video
                 mpeg2video
                      MPEG-2 video
                 mpeg4
                      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
                 msmpeg4
                      DivX 3
                 msmpeg4v2
                      MS MPEG4v2
                 roqvideo
                      ID Software RoQ Video
                 rv10
                      an old RealVideo codec
                 snow (also see: vstrict)
                      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
                 svq1
                      Apple Sorenson Video 1
                 wmv1
                      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
                 wmv2
                      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
              minimum quantizer

                 1    Not recommended (much larger file, little  quality  dif-
                      ference  and  weird  side effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be
                      very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting
                      in  lower  quality and some decoders will not be able to
                      decode it).

                 2    Recommended for normal  mpeg4/mpeg1video  encoding  (de-
                      fault).

                 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.  The reason for prefer-
                      ring 3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows.   (This
                      will  be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer per
                      MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not
                      support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum  frame-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for ratecontrol (de-
              fault: 2.0).  Lavc will rarely use quantizers below the value of
              lmin.   Lowering lmin will make lavc more likely to choose lower
              quantizers for some frames, but not  lower  than  the  value  of
              vqmin.   Likewise,  raising  lmin  will make lavc less likely to
              choose low quantizers, even if vqmin would  have  allowed  them.
              You  probably  want  to  set  lmin approximately equal to vqmin.
              When adaptive quantization is in  use,  changing  lmin/lmax  may
              have less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
              maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for ratecontrol
              (default:2.0).  This parameter affects adaptive quantization op-
              tions like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
              Maximum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for ratecontrol
              (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
              Constant quantizer / constant quality  encoding  (selects  fixed
              quantizer  mode).  A lower value means better quality but larger
              files (default: -1).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means loss-
              less encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this, vqs-
              cale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is not recommended (see
              vqmin for details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
              Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       vqdiff=<1-31>
              maximum  quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames
              (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
              maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
                 0    no B-frames (default)
                 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
              motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
                 0    none (very low quality)
                 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
                      options (default)
                 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
                 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

              NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality
              may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
              motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
              Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode),  encode  each
              macro  block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow but
              results in better quality and file size.  When mbd is set  to  1
              or  2,  the value of mbcmp is ignored when comparing macroblocks
              (the mbcmp value is still used in other places though,  in  par-
              ticular  the  motion search algorithms).  If any comparison set-
              ting (precmp, subcmp, cmp, or  mbcmp)  is  nonzero,  however,  a
              slower  but  better half-pel motion search will be used, regard-
              less of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel  motion
              search will be used regardless.
                 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
                 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
                 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
              Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
              Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
              Works better if used with mbd>0.

       obmc
              overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
              loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       keyint=<0-300>
              maximum interval between keyframes in frames  (default:  250  or
              one  keyframe  every  ten seconds in a 25fps movie.  This is the
              recommended default for MPEG-4).  Most  codecs  require  regular
              keyframes  in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch error.
              Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as seeking is only possi-
              ble  to  a  keyframe  - but keyframes need more space than other
              frames, so larger numbers here mean slightly smaller  files  but
              less  precise  seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1, which makes every
              frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the quali-
              ty might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.  It is
              common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
              Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
              libavcodec  when it detects a scene change.  You can specify the
              sensitivity of the  detection  with  this  option.   -1000000000
              means   there  is  a  scene  change  detected  at  every  frame,
              1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
              Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to  trig-
              ger  a scene change detection and make libavcodec use an I-frame
              (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and 6 may
              yield  increasing  PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and better
              placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than
              6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB more
              than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
              strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
                 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
                 1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the  b_sensi-
                      tivity option to tune this strategy.
                 2    Places  B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
                      quality (slower).  You may want to reduce the speed  im-
                      pact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
              Adjusts  how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids
              using B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities  will  result
              in  more  B-frames.   Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR,
              but too many B-frames can hurt quality  in  high-motion  scenes.
              Unless there is an extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivi-
              ty can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is  a  reasonable
              value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
              Downscales  frames  for  dynamic  B-frame decision (default: 0).
              Each time brd_scale is increased by one,  the  frame  dimensions
              are  divided  by  two, which improves speed by a factor of four.
              Both dimensions of the fully downscaled frame must be even  num-
              bers, so brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be mul-
              tiples of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples  of  eight,  etc.
              In  other  words, the dimensions of the original frame must both
              be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
              Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
              rather  than  re-using  vectors  from  the  forward and backward
              searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.
                 0    Disabled (default).
                 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
              Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if  you
              wish to use two (or more) pass encoding.
                 1    first pass (also see turbo)
                 2    second pass
                 3    Nth  pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass encod-
                      ing)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You  might
              want  to  deactivate  some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode
              does.
              In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In  N-pass  mode,  the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo)
              does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites  them.
              You  might  want  to  backup  divx2pass.log before doing this if
              there is any possibility that you will have to cancel  MEncoder.
              You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options
              like "qns".
              You can run this same pass over and over to refine  the  encode.
              Each  subsequent  pass will use the statistics from the previous
              pass to improve.  The final pass can include any CPU-hungry  en-
              coding options.
              If  you  want  a  2  pass  encode,  use  first vpass=1, and then
              vpass=2.
              If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for  the  first
              pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you
              are satisfied with the encode.

              huffyuv:
                 pass 1
                      Saves statistics.
                 pass 2
                      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statis-
                      tics from the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
              abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce  global
              PSNR  a  little  bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual frame
              type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.   Much
              nicer  than  rescaling,  because quality is not decreased.  Only
              MPlayer will play these files correctly, other players will dis-
              play  them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be given
              as a ratio or a floating point number.

              EXAMPLE:
                 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
              Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.  Does not incur a performance penalty,
              so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
              Specify bitrate (default: 800).
              WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
                 4-16000
                      (in kbit)
                 16001-24000000
                      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
              approximated file size tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane
              range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
              NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or
              there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
              maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
              minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
              buffer  size  in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer
              size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
              currently useless

       vrc_strategy
              Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
              options will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
                 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
                 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
                      be compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              (default: 0.0)
              if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
              I/B-frame quantizer  =  P-frame  quantizer  *  v{b|i}_qfactor  +
              v{b|i}_qoffset
              else
              do  normal  ratecontrol  (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer)
              and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              HINT: To do constant quantizer encoding with different  quantiz-
              ers  for  I/P-  and B-frames you can use: lmin= <ip_quant>:lmax=
              <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
              Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values  will  average  the
              quantizer more over time (slower change).
                 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
                 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
              Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will aver-
              age the quantizer more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
              Quantizer compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default:  0.5).
              NOTE:  Perceptual  quality  will be optimal somewhere in between
              the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
              main ratecontrol equation

                 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
                      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

                 tex^qComp
                      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

              infix operators:

                 +,-,*,/,^

              variables:

                 tex
                      texture complexity

                 iTex,pTex
                      intra, non-intra texture complexity

                 avgTex
                      average texture complexity

                 avgIITex
                      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

                 avgPITex
                      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgPPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgBPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

                 mv
                      bits used for motion vectors

                 fCode
                      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

                 iCount
                      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

                 var
                      spatial complexity

                 mcVar
                      temporal complexity

                 qComp
                      qcomp from the command line

                 isI, isP, isB
                      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

                 Pi,E
                      See your favorite math book.

              functions:

                 max(a,b),min(a,b)
                      maximum / minimum

                 gt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

                 lt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

                 eq(a,b)
                      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

                 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
              User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
              ...).   The  options  are  <start-frame>,  <end-frame>,  <quali-
              ty>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
                 quality (2-31)
                      quantizer
                 quality (-500-0)
                      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
              initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
              initial buffer occupancy, as a  fraction  of  vrc_buf_size  (de-
              fault: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
              Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
                 0    Use clipping.
                 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets  single  coefficient  elimination  threshold for luminance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets  single  coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
              strict standard compliance
                 0    disabled
                 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
                      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
                 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
                 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which  may  not
                      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
              Data  partitioning.  Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves er-
              ror-resistance when transferring over unreliable channels  (e.g.
              streaming over the internet).  Each video packet will be encoded
              in 3 separate partitions:
                 1. MVs
                      movement
                 2. DC coefficients
                      low res picture
                 3. AC coefficients
                      details
              MV & DC are most important, losing them  looks  far  worse  than
              losing  the  AC  and  the  1. & 2. partition.  (MV & DC) are far
              smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will  hit
              the  AC  partition  much more often than the MV & DC partitions.
              Thus, the picture will look better with partitioning than  with-
              out, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV equal-
              ly.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
              Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
                 0
                      disabled (default)
                 100-1000
                      good choice

       ss
              slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
              grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
              DCT algorithm
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    fast integer
                 2    accurate integer
                 3    MMX
                 4    mlib
                 5    AltiVec
                 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
              IDCT algorithm
              NOTE: To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do  pass  the
              IEEE1180 tests.
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    JPEG reference integer
                 2    simple
                 3    simplemmx
                 4    libmpeg2mmx  (inaccurate,  do  not use for encoding with
                      keyint >100)
                 5    ps2
                 6    mlib
                 7    arm
                 8    AltiVec
                 9    sh4
                 10   simplearm
                 11   H.264
                 12   VP3
                 13   IPP
                 14   xvidmmx
                 15   CAVS
                 16   simplearmv5te
                 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Luminance masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is  supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance  masking
              compresses  bright  areas  stronger than medium ones, so it will
              save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising over-
              all subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING:  Be  careful,  overly large values can cause disastrous
              things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors  but  may
              look horrible on other monitors.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Darkness  masking  is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details  in  very  dark  parts of the picture.  Darkness masking
              compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
              bits  that  can  be spent again on other frames, raising overall
              subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values  can  cause  disastrous
              things.
              WARNING:  Large  values might look good on some monitors but may
              look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).   Imagine
              a  scene  with  a bird flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask
              will raise the quantizers of the bird's  macroblocks  (thus  de-
              creasing  their quality), as the human eye usually does not have
              time to see all the bird's  details.   Be  warned  that  if  the
              masked  object  stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to look
              horrible for a short period of time, until the  encoder  figures
              out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks.  The
              saved bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which  may
              increase  subjective  quality, provided that tcplx_mask is care-
              fully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Spatial complexity masking.  Larger values help against  blocki-
              ness,  if  no  deblocking  filter is used for decoding, which is
              maybe not a good idea.
              Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial com-
              plexity),  a  blue  sky  and  a house; scplx_mask will raise the
              quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its quali-
              ty, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
              HINT:  Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the
              quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.5
                      sane range

              NOTE: This setting does not have the same effect as using a cus-
              tom  matrix  that would compress high frequencies harder, as sc-
              plx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only DC  is
              changing.   The  result  of scplx_mask will probably not look as
              good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
              Reduces the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to  in-
              creasing  the  quality of intra blocks, because the same average
              bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to the  whole
              video  sequence  (default:  0.0 (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles
              the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              border-processing for MPEG-style  encoders.   Border  processing
              increases  the  quantizer  for  macroblocks  which are less than
              1/5th of the frame width/height  away  from  the  frame  border,
              since they are often visually less important.

       naq
              Normalize  adaptive  quantization  (experimental).   When  using
              adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
              no  longer  match the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will
              attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain  the  proper
              average.

       ildct
              Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
              Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
              Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
                 -1   automatic
                 0    bottom field first
                 1    top field first

       format=<value>
                 YV12
                      default
                 444P
                      for ffv1
                 422P
                      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 411P
                      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 YVU9
                      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
                 BGR32
                      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
              (for HuffYUV)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    plane/gradient prediction
                 2    median prediction

       pred
              (for lossless JPEG)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    top prediction
                 2    topleft prediction
                 3    plane/gradient prediction
                 6    mean prediction

       coder
              (for ffv1)
                 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
                 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
              (for ffv1)
                 0    small context model
                 1    large context model

              (for ffvhuff)
                 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
                 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
              Use  quarter  pel  motion  compensation (mutually exclusive with
              ilme).
              HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for the  macroblock  decision,  has
              only  an  effect  if  mbd=0.   This is also used for some motion
              search functions, in which case it has an effect  regardless  of
              mbd setting.
                 0 (SAD)
                      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
                 1 (SSE)
                      sum of squared errors
                 2 (SATD)
                      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
                 3 (DCT)
                      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
                 4 (PSNR)
                      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
                 5 (BIT)
                      number of bits needed for the block
                 6 (RD)
                      rate distortion optimal, slow
                 7 (ZERO)
                      0
                 8 (VSAD)
                      sum of absolute vertical differences
                 9 (VSSE)
                      sum of squared vertical differences
                 10 (NSSE)
                      noise preserving sum of squared differences
                 11 (W53)
                      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
                 12 (W97)
                      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
                 +256
                      Also  use  chroma,  currently  does not work (correctly)
                      with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for interlaced  DCT  decision  (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
              This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will re-
              sult  in  more  noise.   0 NSSE is identical to SSE You may find
              this useful if you prefer to keep some  noise  in  your  encoded
              video  rather  than  filtering it away before encoding (default:
              8).

       predia=<-99-6>
              diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
              Diamond type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is  an
              iterative  process.   Using  a  small diamond does not limit the
              search to finding only small motion vectors.  It is  just  some-
              what  more  likely  to  stop before finding the very best motion
              vector, especially when noise is involved.  Bigger diamonds  al-
              low  a  wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower
              but result in better quality.
              Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive  dia-
              monds.
              Shape-adaptive  diamonds  are  a good tradeoff between speed and
              quality.
              NOTE: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape  adaptive  ones
              do not have the same meaning.

                 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

                 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

                 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

                 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
                            0
                           000
                            0

                 2    normal size=2 diamond
                            0
                           000
                          00000
                           000
                            0

       trell
              Trellis  searched  quantization.  This will find the optimal en-
              coding for each 8x8 block.   Trellis  searched  quantization  is
              quite  simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus bitrate
              sense (Assuming that there would be no  rounding  errors  intro-
              duced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.).  It simply
              finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
                 lambda
                      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
                 bits
                      amount of bits needed to encode the block
                 error
                      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
              Rate distorted optimal coded block  pattern.   Will  select  the
              coded  block  pattern  which minimizes distortion + lambda*rate.
              This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
              Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the  better  one.
              This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
              When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion estima-
              tion score of the current  block  is  less  than  mv0_threshold,
              <0,0>  is  used for the motion vector and further motion estima-
              tion is skipped (default: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can
              give  a  slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly make the en-
              coded video look slightly better; raising mv0_threshold past 320
              results  in  diminished  PSNR and visual quality.  Higher values
              speed up encoding very slightly (usually less than 1%, depending
              on the other options used).
              NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
              rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
              lambda of each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
              amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
                 0    (default)
                 a    Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion  vector
                      predictors from the previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
              motion estimation pre-pass
                 0    disabled
                 1    only after I-frames (default)
                 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
              subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
              NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
              number  of  reference frames to consider for motion compensation
              (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
              print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole  video
              after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file with a
              name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are in  dB  (deci-
              bel), the higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
              Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
              Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
              H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
              PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
              NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
              alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
              unlimited  MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long
              MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
              intra quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style  quantizer  de-
              fault: 96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
              ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
              inter  quantizer  bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer de-
              fault: 0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
              ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
              HINT: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64)  seems  to
              improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise  reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for
              typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit  more  for
              very  noisy  content  (default:  0).   Given its small impact on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
              Quantizer  noise  shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to
              most closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it choos-
              es quantization such that noise (usually ringing) will be masked
              by similar-frequency content in the image.   Larger  values  are
              slower  but  may  not  result  in  better quality.  This can and
              should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case
              the  trellis  quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
              used as startpoint for the iterative search.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
                 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero  coef-
                      ficient + 1.
                 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use  custom  inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
              64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated  string  of
              64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
              experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
              experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
              intra  DC  precision  in  bits  (default:  8).   If  you specify
              vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
              Close all GOPs.  Currently it only works if scene change  detec-
              tion is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
              Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
              Control writing global video headers.
                 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
                 1    Write  global  headers  only  in  extradata  (needed for
                      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
                 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
                 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
              Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
              Set CodecContext Level.  Use  31  or  41  to  play  video  on  a
              Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel  video  is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output raw i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default  LZO  com-
       pressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE:  The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about
       the settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
              chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
              luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
              Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
              Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
              quality level (default: 255)

       raw
              Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
              Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantiz-
       er and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
              Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
              abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce  global
              PSNR  a  little  bit and change individual frame type and PSNR a
              little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
              Sets the bitrate to be used in  kbits/second  if  <16000  or  in
              bits/second  if  >16000.   If <value> is negative, Xvid will use
              its absolute value as the target size (in kBytes) of  the  video
              and  compute  the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687
              kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
              Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer  to  be
              used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
              User  specified  quality  for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
              ...).  Each zone is  <start-frame>,<mode>,<value>  where  <mode>
              may be
                 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0> rep-
                      resents the quantizer value.
                 w    Ratecontrol  weight  override,  where  value=<0.01-2.00>
                      represents the quality correction in %.

              EXAMPLE:
                 zones=90000,q,20
                      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
                      quantizer 20.
                 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
                      Encode frames 0-10000  at  10%  bitrate,  encode  frames
                      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that
                      the second zone is needed to delimit the first zone,  as
                      without  it everything up until frame 89999 would be en-
                      coded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
              This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The high-
              er  the  value,  the  more precise the estimation should be (de-
              fault: 6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the  more
              bits  can  be  saved.  Precision is gained at the expense of CPU
              time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
              MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by  de-
              fault.   The standard proposes a mode where encoders are allowed
              to use quarter pixel precision.  This option usually results  in
              a sharper image.  Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate
              and sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving
              a better image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is better to test
              with and without this option and see whether it is  worth  acti-
              vating.

       (no)gmc
              Enable  Global  Motion  Compensation,  which makes Xvid generate
              special frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for  Pan/Zoom/
              Rotating  images.   Whether  or  not the use of this option will
              save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
              Trellis Quantization is a kind of adaptive  quantization  method
              that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
              more compressible by the entropy encoder.  Its impact on quality
              is  good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting can
              be a good alternative to save a few bits (and  gain  quality  at
              fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
              Activate  this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It
              modifies some Xvid internal thresholds so Xvid takes better  de-
              cisions  on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking car-
              toons.

       (no)chroma_me
              The usual motion estimation algorithm uses  only  the  luminance
              information  to  find  the best motion vector.  However for some
              video material, using the chroma planes  can  help  find  better
              vectors.   This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for mo-
              tion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
              Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra mag-
              ic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect on
              edges.  It will improve quality at the cost of  encoding  speed.
              It  reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to the
              original picture will get bigger, but the subjective image qual-
              ity  will  raise.   Since  it  works with color information, you
              might want to turn it off when encoding in grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
              Activates high-quality prediction of AC coefficients  for  intra
              frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
              The  motion  search  algorithm is based on a search in the usual
              color domain and tries to find a motion  vector  that  minimizes
              the  difference  between  the  reference  frame  and the encoded
              frame.  With this setting activated, Xvid will also use the fre-
              quency domain (DCT) to search for a motion vector that minimizes
              not only the spatial difference but also the encoding length  of
              the block.  Fastest to slowest:
                 0    off
                 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
                 2    limited search
                 3    medium search
                 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
              Adaptive  quantization  allows the macroblock quantizers to vary
              inside each frame.  This is a 'psychosensory'  setting  that  is
              supposed to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to no-
              tice fewer details in very bright and very  dark  parts  of  the
              picture.   It  compresses  those areas more strongly than medium
              ones, which will save bits that can  be  spent  again  on  other
              frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
              PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
              Make  Xvid  discard  chroma  planes  so  the  encoded  video  is
              grayscale  only.   Note that this does not speed up encoding, it
              just prevents chroma data from being written in the  last  stage
              of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
              Encode  the  fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this op-
              tion on for interlaced content.
              NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
              aware    resizer,    which    you    can   activate   with   -vf
              scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
              minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
              maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
              minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
              maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
              minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
              maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
              minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
              maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
              Sets the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you  will
              find  that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low bi-
              trates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less  block  noise.
              When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom intra matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
              Shift  some  bits  from  the pool for other frame types to intra
              frames, thus improving keyframe quality.  This amount is an  ex-
              tra  percentage,  so  a value of 10 will give your keyframes 10%
              more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
              Works together with kfreduction.  Determines  the  minimum  dis-
              tance  below  which  you consider that two frames are considered
              consecutive and treated  differently  according  to  kfreduction
              (default: 10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
              The  above  two  settings  can  be  used  to  adjust the size of
              keyframes that you consider too close to the first (in  a  row).
              kfthreshold  sets  the range in which keyframes are reduced, and
              kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last
              I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
              Maximum  number  of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default:
              2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
              quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50  (default:
              150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
              100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
              This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the
              use of B-frames.  The higher the value, the higher the probabil-
              ity of B-frames being used (default: 0).  Do not forget that  B-
              frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive
              production of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.

       (no)closed_gop
              This option tells Xvid to close every  GOP  (Group  Of  Pictures
              bounded by two I-frames), which makes GOPs independent from each
              other.  This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is  ei-
              ther  a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually a
              good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
              This option is meant to solve frame-order issues  when  encoding
              to container formats like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order
              frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware)
              are  able  to deal with frame-order themselves, and may get con-
              fused when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave  if
              off, unless you really know what you are doing.
              WARNING:  This  will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not
              be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
              WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so
              the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
              This  setting  allows  the  creation of variable framerate video
              streams.  The value of the setting specifies a  threshold  under
              which,  if the difference of the following frame to the previous
              frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not cod-
              ed  (a  so  called n-vop is placed in the stream).  On playback,
              when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
              WARNING: Playing with this setting may result in a jerky  video,
              so use it at your own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
              This  parameter  controls the number of frames the CBR rate con-
              troller will wait before reacting to bitrate changes and compen-
              sating  for  them to obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging
              range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
              Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on the  video  material,
              bitrate  can  be  variable, and hard to predict.  Therefore Xvid
              uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given  amount
              of  bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses the
              "number of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries  to
              achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
              size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows  Xvid to take a certain percentage of bits
              away from high bitrate scenes and give  them  back  to  the  bit
              reservoir.   You  could also use this if you have a clip with so
              many bits allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the  low(er)-bi-
              trate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows Xvid to give a certain percentage of extra
              bits to the low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from  the  en-
              tire  clip.   This might come in handy if you have a few low-bi-
              trate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
              During pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve  is
              computed.   The  difference  between that expected curve and the
              result obtained during encoding is called overflow.   Obviously,
              the  two pass rate controller tries to compensate for that over-
              flow, distributing it over the next frames.  This  setting  con-
              trols  how  much of the overflow is distributed every time there
              is a new frame.  Low values allow  lazy  overflow  control,  big
              rate  bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to lack
              of precision for small clips).  Higher values will make  changes
              in  bit  redistribution  more abrupt, possibly too abrupt if you
              set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5).
              NOTE: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it  careful-
              ly!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
              During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by  which  the overflow control is allowed to increase the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control  may  decrease
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by which the overflow control is allowed to decrease  the  frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
              Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
              the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking
              care  of  the video container overhead.  This small but (mostly)
              constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
              Xvid  allows  users  to set the amount of overhead per frame the
              container generates (give only an average per frame).  0  has  a
              special  meaning,  it  lets Xvid use its own default values (de-
              fault: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
              Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period) ac-
              cording  to  the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The
              resulting videos should be playable on standalone players adher-
              ing to these profile specifications.
                 unrestricted
                      no restrictions (default)
                 sp0
                      simple profile at level 0
                 sp1
                      simple profile at level 1
                 sp2
                      simple profile at level 2
                 sp3
                      simple profile at level 3
                 sp4a
                      simple profile at level 4a
                 sp5
                      simple profile at level 5
                 sp6
                      simple profile at level 6
                 asp0
                      advanced simple profile at level 0
                 asp1
                      advanced simple profile at level 1
                 asp2
                      advanced simple profile at level 2
                 asp3
                      advanced simple profile at level 3
                 asp4
                      advanced simple profile at level 4
                 asp5
                      advanced simple profile at level 5
                 dxnhandheld
                      DXN handheld profile
                 dxnportntsc
                      DXN portable NTSC profile
                 dxnportpal
                      DXN portable PAL profile
                 dxnhtntsc
                      DXN home theater NTSC profile
                 dxnhtpal
                      DXN home theater PAL profile
                 dxnhdtv
                      DXN HDTV profile
              NOTE:  These  profiles should be used in conjunction with an ap-
              propriate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some play-
              ers do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
              Specifies  the  Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with
              DAR, the Display Aspect Ratio).  PAR is the ratio of  the  width
              and  height  of  a single pixel.  So both are related like this:
              DAR = PAR * (width/height).
              MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one,  giv-
              ing the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.  5
              standard modes can be specified:
                 vga11
                      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
                      unit.
                 pal43
                      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
                 pal169
                      same as above
                 ntsc43
                      same as above
                 ntsc169
                      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
                 ext
                      Allows  you  to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with
                      par_width and par_height.
              NOTE: In general,  setting  aspect  and  autoaspect  options  is
              enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
              solution than  rescaling,  because  quality  is  not  decreased.
              MPlayer  and a few others players will play these files correct-
              ly, others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The  aspect
              parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

       (no)autoaspect
              Same  as  the  aspect option, but automatically computes aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.

       psnr
              Print  the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video
              after encoding and store the per frame PSNR in  a  file  with  a
              name  like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.  Returned
              values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
              Save per-frame statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is  not  the  two
              pass control file.)

       The following options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later.

       bvhq=<0|1>
              This  setting  allows  vector candidates for B-frames to be used
              for the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized opera-
              tor, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.  This
              produces nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost  no  per-
              formance penalty (default: 1).

       vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify  the  video buffering verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits
              (default: 0 - VBV check disabled).  VBV allows restricting  peak
              bitrate  to  make  the  video play properly on hardware players.
              For example, the Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728.  If  you
              set  vbv_bufsize  you  should  set  also vbv_maxrate.  Note that
              there is no vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually  use  it
              for bitrate controlling; the other VBV options are enough to re-
              strict the peak bitrate.

       vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75%
              of vbv_bufsize).  The default is probably what you want.

       vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the maximum processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For
              example, the Home profile uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later.

       threads=<0-n>
              Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
              maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height
              divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
              Sets the average bitrate to be used  in  kbits/second  (default:
              off).  Since local bitrate may vary, this average may be inaccu-
              rate for very short videos (see ratetol).  Constant bitrate  can
              be  achieved  by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at significant
              reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
              This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
              are  offset  from this value by ip_factor and pb_factor, respec-
              tively.  20-40 is a useful range.  Lower values result in better
              fidelity,  but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.  Note that quan-
              tization in H.264 works  differently  from  MPEG-1/2/4:  H.264's
              quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.  The map-
              ping is approximately H264QP = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).   For  exam-
              ple,  MPEG  at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.  Generally,
              this option should be avoided and crf should be used instead  as
              crf will yield better visual results for the same size.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
              Enables  constant  quality  mode,  and selects the quality.  The
              scale is similar to QP.  Like the bitrate-based modes, this  al-
              lows  each frame to use a different QP based on the frame's com-
              plexity.  This option should generally be used instead of qp.

       crf_max=<float>
              With CRF and VBV, limit RF to this value (may cause  VBV  under-
              flows!).

       pass=<1-3>
              Enable  2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in
              2 or 3-pass mode as it leads to a better  bit  distribution  and
              improves overall quality.
                 1    first pass
                 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
                 3    Nth  pass  (second and third passes of three pass encod-
                      ing)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics  on  the  video  and
              writes  them  to a file.  You might want to deactivate some CPU-
              hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
              In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the  statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
              does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites  them.
              You  can  use  all  encoding options, except very CPU-hungry op-
              tions.
              The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second  pass,  except
              that  it  has the second pass' statistics to work from.  You can
              use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
              The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant  quan-
              tizer.  ABR is recommended, since it does not require guessing a
              quantizer.  Subsequent passes are ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       profile=<name>
              Constrain options to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
                 baseline
                      no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac cqm=flat  weightp=0  nointer-
                      laced qp>0
                 main no8x8dct cqm=flat qp>0
                 high qp>0 (default)

       preset=<name>
              Use a preset to select encoding settings.
                 ultrafast
                      no8x8dct  aq_mode=0  b_adapt=0 bframes=0 nodeblock nomb-
                      tree me=dia nomixed_refs  partitions=none  ref=1  scene-
                      cut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b weightp=0
                 superfast
                      nombtree  me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=i8x8,i4x4 ref=1
                      subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 veryfast
                      nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 faster
                      nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1
                 fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
                 medium
                      Default settings apply.
                 slow b_adapt=2  direct=auto  me=umh   rc_lookahead=50   ref=5
                      subq=8
                 slower
                      b_adapt=2  direct=auto  me=umh  partitions=all  rc_look-
                      ahead=60 ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2
                 veryslow
                      b_adapt=2 b_frames=8 direct=auto me=umh me_range=24 par-
                      titions=all ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
                 placebo
                      bframes=16  b_adapt=2  direct=auto  nofast_pskip me=tesa
                      me_range=24   partitions=all   rc_lookahead=60    ref=16
                      subq=10 trellis=2

       tune=<name,[name,...]>
              Tune  the settings for a particular type of source or situation.
              All tuned settings are  overridden  by  explicit  user-settings.
              Multiple  tunings are separated by commas, but only one psy tun-
              ing can be used at a time.
                 film (psy tuning)
                      deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
                 animation (psy tuning)
                      b_frames={+2}       deblock=1,1       psy-rd=0.4:<unset>
                      aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if >1 else 1}
                 grain (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=0.5  nodct_decimate  deadzone_inter=6  dead-
                      zone_intra=6 deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1 pbratio=1.1  psy-
                      rd=<unset>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
                 stillimage (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
                 psnr (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=0 nopsy
                 ssim (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=2 nopsy
                 fastdecode
                      nocabac nodeblock noweight_b weightp=0
                 zerolatency
                      bframes=0   force_cfr   rc_lookahead=0  sync_lookahead=0
                      sliced_threads

       slow_firstpass
              Disables the following faster  options  with  pass=1:  no_8x8dct
              me=dia partitions=none ref=1 subq={2 if >2 else unchanged} trel-
              lis=0 fast_pskip.  These settings significantly improve encoding
              speed while having little or no impact on the quality of the fi-
              nal pass.
              This option is implied with preset=placebo.

       keyint=<value>
              Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger
              values  save  bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking
              precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not  suffer  from  DCT
              drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
              Sets  minimum  interval  between IDR-frames (default: auto).  If
              scenecuts appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
              I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not
              necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a  P-
              frame  to  be predicted from more frames than just the one frame
              before it (also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not nec-
              essarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from
              referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
              Controls how aggressively to  insert  extra  I-frames  (default:
              40).   With  small  values  of  scenecut, the codec often has to
              force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.   Good  values  of
              scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame.  Large val-
              ues use more I-frames than necessary,  thus  wasting  bits.   -1
              disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once
              every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut  occurs  earlier.
              This  is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded
              as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do  not  reset  the
              "keyint counter".

       (no)intra_refresh
              Periodic intra block refresh instead of keyframes (default: dis-
              abled).  This option disables IDR-frames, and, instead,  uses  a
              moving vertical bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces compres-
              sion efficiency  but  benefits  low-latency  streaming  and  re-
              silience to packet loss.

       frameref=<1-16>
              Number  of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames
              (default: 3).  This is effective in anime,  but  in  live-action
              material  the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6
              or so reference frames.  This has no effect on  decoding  speed,
              but does increase the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders
              can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
              maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I-  and  P-frames
              (default: 3)

       (no)b_adapt
              Automatically  decides  when to use B-frames and how many, up to
              the maximum specified above (default: on).  If  this  option  is
              disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
              Controls  the  decision  performed  by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias
              produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       b_pyramid=<normal|strict|none>
              Allows B-frames to be used as references  for  predicting  other
              frames.   For example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2
              B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
              MPEG-[124].   So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and
              all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.   With  this  op-
              tion,  they  are  coded  as  I0  P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as
              above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3  is  predicted
              from  B2 and P4.  This usually results in slightly improved com-
              pression, at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an  experi-
              mental  option:  it  is not fully tuned and may not always help.
              Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases  decoding  delay
              to 2 frames.
                 normal
                      Allow  B-frames  as  references  as described above (not
                      Blu-ray compatible).
                 strict
                      Disallow P-frames referencing B-frames. Gives worse com-
                      pression, but is required for Blu-ray compatibility.
                 none
                      Disable using B-frames as references.

       (no)open_gop
              Use recovery points to close GOPs; only available with bframes.

       (no)bluray_compat
              Enable compatibility hacks for Blu-Ray support.

       (no)fake_interlaced
              Flag stream as interlaced but encode progressive. Makes it poss-
              sible to encode 25p and 30p Blu-Ray streams. Ignored  in  inter-
              laced mode.

       frame_packing=<0-5>
              Define frame arrangement for stereoscopic videos.
                 0    Checkerboard - pixels are alternately from L and R.
                 1    Column alternation - L and R are interlaced by column.
                 2    Row alternation - L and R are interlaced by row.
                 3    Side by side - L is on the left, R is on the right.
                 4    Top-bottom - L is on top, R is on the bottom.
                 5    Frame alternation - one view per frame.

       (no)deblock
              Use  deblocking  filter  (default: on).  As it takes very little
              time compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to dis-
              able it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
              The  first  parameter  is  AlphaC0  (default:  0).  This adjusts
              thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
              parameter  adjusts  the maximum amount of change that the filter
              is allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this  parameter
              affects  the threshold for difference across the edge being fil-
              tered.  A positive value reduces blocking  artifacts  more,  but
              will also smear details.
              The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the de-
              tail threshold.  Very detailed blocks are  not  filtered,  since
              the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
              the original blocking.
              The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves  opti-
              mal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make on-
              ly small adjustments.  However, if your source material  already
              has  some  blocking  or noise which you would like to remove, it
              may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       (no)cabac
              Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding)  (default:
              on).  Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save
              10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed,  you
              should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              Minimum  quantizer,  10-30  seems to be a useful range (default:
              10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum value by which the quantizer may  be  incremented/decre-
              mented between frames (default: 4)

       (no)mbtree
              Enable  macroblock  tree  ratecontrol (default: enabled).  Use a
              large lookahead to track temporal propagation of data and weight
              quality accordingly.  In multi-pass mode, this writes to a sepa-
              rate stats file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

       rc_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjust the mbtree lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger val-
              ues  will  be  slower and cause x264 to consume more memory, but
              can yield higher quality.

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
              allowed variance in average bitrate (no particular  units)  (de-
              fault: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              averaging  period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none, must
              be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
              0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
              quantizer  compression  (default: 0.6).  A lower value makes the
              bitrate more constant, while a higher value makes the  quantiza-
              tion parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
              Temporal  blur  of  the estimated frame complexity, before curve
              compression (default: 20).  Lower  values  allow  the  quantizer
              value  to  jump around more, higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.  cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality  com-
              parable  to the following P-frames, and ensures that alternating
              high and low complexity frames (e.g. low fps animation)  do  not
              waste bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
              Temporal  blur  of  the quantization parameter, after curve com-
              pression (default: 0.5).  Lower values allow the quantizer value
              to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more smooth-
              ly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
              User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
              ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where op-
              tion may be
                 q=<0-51>
                      quantizer
                 b=<0.01-100.0>
                      bitrate multiplier
              NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects
              only  the planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject to
              overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
              Determines the type of motion prediction used  for  direct  mac-
              roblocks in B-frames.
                 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
                 spatial
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
                      (default)
                 temporal
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from  the  following  P-
                      frame.
                 auto The  codec selects between spatial and temporal for each
                      frame.
              Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and  PSNR,
              the  choice  between them depends on the video content.  Auto is
              slightly better, but slower.  Auto is most effective  when  com-
              bined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower
              quality.

       weightp
              Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
                 0    disabled (fastest)
                 1    weighted refs (better quality)
                 2    weighted refs + duplicates (best)

       (no)weight_b
              Use weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidi-
              rectionally predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each ref-
              erence frame.  With this option, the weights are  determined  by
              the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the references.
              Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
              Enable    some    optional    macroblock     types     (default:
              p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
                 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
                 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
                      with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
                 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
                 i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless  8x8dct  is
                      enabled.
                 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
                 all  Enable all of the above types.
                 none Disable all of the above types.
              Regardless  of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and
              i16x16 are always enabled.
              The idea is to find the type and size that best describe a  cer-
              tain  area  of the picture.  For example, a global pan is better
              represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are bet-
              ter represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
              Adaptive  spatial  transform  size: allows macroblocks to choose
              between 4x4 and 8x8 DCT.  Also allows the i8x8 macroblock  type.
              Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       me=<name>
              Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
                 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
                 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
                 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
                 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
              radius  of  exhaustive  or multi-hexagon motion search (default:
              16)

       subq=<0-11>
              Adjust subpel refinement quality.  This parameter controls qual-
              ity versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation de-
              cision process.  subq=5 can  compress  up  to  10%  better  than
              subq=1.
                 0    Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all candi-
                      date macroblock types.  Then selects the best type  with
                      SAD  metric  (faster than subq=1, not recommended unless
                      you're looking for ultra-fast encoding).
                 1    Does as 0, then refines the motion of that type to  fast
                      quarterpixel precision (fast).
                 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all candi-
                      date macroblock types.  Then selects the best type  with
                      SATD  metric.   Then  refines the motion of that type to
                      fast quarterpixel precision.
                 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
                 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision  motion  estimation  on
                      all  candidate  macroblock types.  Then selects the best
                      type with SATD metric.  Then finishes  the  quarterpixel
                      refinement for that type.
                 5    Runs  best quality quarterpixel precision motion estima-
                      tion on all candidate macroblock types, before selecting
                      the best type.  Also refines the two motion vectors used
                      in bidirectional macroblocks with  SATD  metric,  rather
                      than  reusing  vectors  from  the  forward  and backward
                      searches.
                 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in I- and P-frames.
                 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in all frames (default).
                 8    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  motion  vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in I- and P-frames.
                 9    Enables  rate-distortion  optimization of motion vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in all frames.
                 10   QP-RD;  requires  trellis=2  and  aq_mode=1  or   higher
                      (best).
                 11   Full RD; disable all early terminations.
              In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
              types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
              Takes into account chroma  information  during  subpixel  motion
              search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
              Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select
              a reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
              use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
              rate-distortion optimal quantization
                 0    disabled
                 1    enabled only for the final encode (default)
                 2    enabled   during  all  mode  decisions  (slow,  requires
                      subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
              Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
                 rd=<0.0-10.0>
                      psy optimization strength (requires  subq>=6)  (default:
                      1.0)
                 trell=<0.0-10.0>
                      trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       (no)psy
              Enable  psychovisual  optimizations  that hurt PSNR and SSIM but
              ought to look better (default: enabled).

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
              Set the size of the inter luma quantization  deadzone  for  non-
              trellis  quantization  (default: 21).  Lower values help to pre-
              serve fine details and film grain (typically useful for high bi-
              trate/quality encode), while higher values help filter out these
              details to save bits that can  be  spent  again  on  other  mac-
              roblocks  and  frames  (typically useful for bitrate-starved en-
              codes).  It is recommended that  you  start  by  tweaking  dead-
              zone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
              Set  the  size  of the intra luma quantization deadzone for non-
              trellis quantization (default: 11).  This option  has  the  same
              effect  as  deadzone_inter  except that it affects intra frames.
              It is recommended that you start by tweaking this parameter  be-
              fore changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
              Performs  early  skip  detection in P-frames (default: enabled).
              This usually improves speed at no cost,  but  it  can  sometimes
              produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
              Eliminate  dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small single
              coefficient (default: enabled).  This will remove some  details,
              so  it  will  save bits that can be spent again on other frames,
              hopefully raising overall subjective quality.  If you  are  com-
              pressing  non-anime  content with a high target bitrate, you may
              want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a  useful  range
              for  typical  content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more
              for very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact  on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
              Use a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.   Use-
              ful values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
              Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
                 0    disabled
                 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
                 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
              Controls  how  much  adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking
              and blurring in flat and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value
              of  0.5  will  lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value of
              1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
              Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or  loads  a
              JM format matrix file.
                 flat
                      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
                 jvt
                      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
                 <filename>
                      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
              NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
              the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
              is  due to a command line length limitation.  In this case it is
              recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and load-
              ed as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  8x8  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of  64  comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
              Set  the  bitstream's  level  as defined by annex A of the H.264
              standard (default: 51 - level 5.1).  This is  used  for  telling
              the decoder what capabilities it needs to support.  Use this pa-
              rameter only if you know what it means, and you have a  need  to
              set it.

       (no)cpu_independent
              Ensure  exact  reproducibility  across different CPUs instead of
              chosing different algorithms when available/better  (default:en-
              abled).

       threads=<0-16>
              Spawn  threads  to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs (default:
              0).  This has a slight penalty to  compression  quality.   0  or
              'auto'  tells  x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and pick an
              appropriate number of threads.

       (no)sliced_threads
              Use slice-based threading (default:  disabled).   Unlike  normal
              threading, this option adds no encoding latency, but is slightly
              slower and less effective at compression.

       slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in bytes (default: 0).  A value of zero  dis-
              ables the maximum.

       slice_max_mbs=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum  slice  size  in  number of macroblocks (default: 0).  A
              value of zero disables the maximum.

       slices=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum number of slices per frame (default: 0).  A value of ze-
              ro disables the maximum.

       sync_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjusts  the size of the threaded lookahead buffer (default: 0).
              0 or 'auto' tells x264 to automatically determine buffer size.

       (no)deterministic
              Use only deterministic optimizations with multithreaded encoding
              (default: enabled).

       (no)global_header
              Causes  SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of the
              bitstream (default: disabled).  Some players, such as  the  Sony
              PSP, require the use of this option.  The default behavior caus-
              es SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)tff
              Enable interlaced mode, top field first (default: disabled)

       (no)bff
              Enable interlaced mode, bottom field first (default: disabled)

       nal_hrd=<none|vbr|cbr>
              Signal HRD information (requires vbv_bufsize) (default: none).

       (no)pic_struct
              Force pic_struct in Picture Timing SEI (default: disabled).

       (no)constrained_intra
              Enable constrained intra prediction (default:  disabled).   This
              significantly  reduces compression, but is required for the base
              layer of SVC encodes.

       output_csp=<i420|i422|i444|rgb>
              Specify output colorspace (default: i420).

       (no)aud
              Write access unit delimeters to the stream (default:  disabled).
              Enable this only if your target container format requires access
              unit delimiters.

       overscan=<undef|show|crop>
              Include VUI overscan information in the  stream  (default:  dis-
              abled).  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more infor-
              mation.

       videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
              Include VUI video format information  in  the  stream  (default:
              disabled).   This is a purely informative setting for describing
              the original source.  See doc/vui.txt in the  x264  source  code
              for more information.

       (no)fullrange
              Include  VUI full range information in the stream (default: dis-
              abled).  Use this option if your source video is not range  lim-
              ited.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more informa-
              tion.

       colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
              Include color primaries information (default:  disabled).   This
              can  be  used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264
              source code for more information.

       transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|lin-
       ear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
              Include  VUI  transfer characteristics information in the stream
              (default: disabled).  This can be  used  for  color  correction.
              See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
              Include  VUI  matrix  coefficients  in the stream (default: dis-
              abled).  This can be used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt
              in the x264 source code for more information.

       chromaloc=<0-5>
              Include  VUI  chroma  sample  location information in the stream
              (default: disabled).  Use this option to ensure alignment of the
              chroma  and  luma  planes  after  color  space conversions.  See
              doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       log=<-1-3>
              Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
                 -1   none
                  0   Print errors only.
                  1   warnings
                  2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode  fin-
                      ishes (default)
                  3   PSNR,  QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for ev-
                      ery frame

       (no)psnr
              Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
              NOTE: The 'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields  in  the  summary
              are  not  mathematically  sound  (they are simply the average of
              per-frame PSNRs).  They are kept only for comparison to  the  JM
              reference  codec.  For all other purposes, please use either the
              'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
              Print the Structural Similarity Metric results.  This is an  al-
              ternative  to  PSNR,  and may be better correlated with the per-
              ceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
              Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your
              system  supports  it, a new window will be opened during the en-
              coding process, in which x264 will attempt to present  an  over-
              view of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the vi-
              sualized movie will be colored as follows:

       dump_yuv=<file name>
              Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
                 red/pink
                      intra block
                 blue
                      inter block
                 green
                      skip block
                 yellow
                      B-block
              This feature can  be  considered  experimental  and  subject  to
              change.   In  particular, it depends on x264 being compiled with
              visualizations enabled.  Note that  as  of  writing  this,  x264
              pauses  after  encoding  and visualizing each frame, waiting for
              the user to press a key, at which point the next frame  will  be
              encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding  with  Video  for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
              The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
              The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created
              by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The  MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has rea-
       sonable default parameters that the user can override.  Generally, when
       generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable MEncoder's frame-skip
       code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip  video  fil-
       ters).

       EXAMPLE:
                 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
              stream  format  (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and pes2 are very broken
              formats (no pack header and no padding), but VDR uses  them;  do
              not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
              Pack  size  in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what
              you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
              Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in  the  pack  headers  (default:
              1800  kb/s).   Will be updated as necessary in the case of 'for-
              mat=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
              Sets timestamps on all frames,  if  possible;  recommended  when
              format=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains with a message like "..audio
              sector out of range...", you probably did not  enable  this  op-
              tion.

       interleaving2
              Uses  a  better algorithm to interleave audio and video packets,
              based on the principle that the muxer will always  try  to  fill
              the stream with the largest percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
              Initial  video  delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
              if you want to delay video with respect to  audio.   It  doesn't
              work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
              Initial  audio  delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
              if you want to delay audio with respect to video.

       drop
              When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was
              anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
              Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
              Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
              Sets  the  display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not use it
              on MPEG-1 or the  resulting  aspect  ratio  will  be  completely
              wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
              Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001  | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 |
       60 >
              Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be  ig-
              nored if used with the telecine option.

       telecine
              Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
              video stream look like it was encoded at 30000/1001 fps.  It on-
              ly  works  with  MPEG-2  video  when  the  output  framerate  is
              24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.   Any  other
              framerate is incompatible with this option.

       film2pal
              Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The mux-
              er will make the video stream look like it  was  encoded  at  25
              fps.   It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate
              is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any oth-
              er framerate is incompatible with this option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
              Enables  arbitrary  telecining  using  Donand Graft's DGPulldown
              code.  You need to specify the original and the desired  framer-
              ate;  the  muxer will make the video stream look like it was en-
              coded at the desired framerate.  It only works with MPEG-2 video
              when  the  input  framerate is smaller than the output framerate
              and the framerate increase is <= 1.5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
                      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
              Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in  kilo-
              bytes.   Specify  it  only if the bitrate of the video stream is
              too high for the chosen format and if you  know  perfectly  well
              what  you are doing.  A too high value may lead to an unplayable
              movie, depending on the player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV
              video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
              Sets  the size of the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in kilo-
              bytes.  The same principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a  patch  to  make
              the  o=  unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOp-
              tion system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can  be  found
              in  the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict with
              MPlayer/MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.   In
              the  case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number of
              TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption key the demuxer should use.  This is the  raw  binary
              data of the key converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
              Currently  only  meaningful  for  MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed dis-
              tance, in seconds, between the reference  timer  of  the  output
              stream  (SCR)  and  the  decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream
              present (demux to decode delay).  Default is 0.7 (as mandated by
              the  standards  defined  by MPEG).  Higher values require larger
              buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
              Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
              from output file extension).
                 mpg
                      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
                 asf
                      Advanced Streaming Format
                 avi
                      Audio Video Interleave file
                 wav
                      Waveform Audio
                 swf
                      Macromedia Flash
                 flv
                      Macromedia Flash video files
                 rm
                      RealAudio and RealVideo
                 au
                      SUN AU format
                 nut
                      NUT open container format (experimental)
                 mov
                      QuickTime
                 mp4
                      MPEG-4 format
                 ipod
                      MPEG-4  format with extra header flags required by Apple
                      iPod firmware
                 dv
                      Sony Digital Video container
                 matroska
                      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
              Nominal bitrate of the multiplex, in bits per second;  currently
              it  is  meaningful  only  for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
              necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make  the
              o=  unneeded  and  pass all unknown options through the AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg  manual.   Note  that some options may conflict with MEn-
              coder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
              Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for  the  chosen
              format.   When  muxing  to  MPEG[12] implementations the default
              values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       preload=<distance>
              Currently only meaningful for  MPEG[12]:  Initial  distance,  in
              seconds,  between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
              and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream  present  (demux
              to decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
              Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:  au-
              todetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
              Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
              Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (de-
              fault: 0).  The resulting verbosity corresponds to that of  -ms-
              glevel 5 plus the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
              If  LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
              it is not set, you  must  supply  a  fully  specified  pathname.
              FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
              Specify  a  directory  in which to store title key values.  This
              will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.   The
              DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is  created if it does not exist, and a
              subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or  manufac-
              turing  date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss
              will use the default value  which  is  "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"  under
              Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdc-
              ss\" under Win32.  The special value "off" disables caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
              Sets the authentication and  decryption  method  that  libdvdcss
              will  use  to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or
              disc.
                 key
                      is the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of cal-
                      culated  player  keys to try and get the disc key.  This
                      can fail if the drive does  not  recognize  any  of  the
                      player keys.
                 disc
                      is  a  fallback  method when key has failed.  Instead of
                      using player keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key us-
                      ing a brute force algorithm.  This process is CPU inten-
                      sive and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary da-
                      ta.
                 title
                      is  the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It
                      does not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive,  but
                      rather  uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On
                      rare cases this may fail because there is not enough en-
                      crypted  data  on  the disc to perform a statistical at-
                      tack, but in the other hand it is the only  way  to  de-
                      crypt  a  DVD  stored  on a hard disc, or a DVD with the
                      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
              Specify the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on  your
              operating  system,  the  Linux  utility to set up raw devices is
              raw(8) for instance.  Please note that on  most  operating  sys-
              tems,  using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux
              requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a DVD sec-
              tor).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
              Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
                 0    Outputs no messages at all.
                 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
                 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
              Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
              Specifies the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio
              output driver should connect and the transport  that  should  be
              used.   If  unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be
              one of  tcp  and  unix.   Syntax  is  tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
              <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
              base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

              EXAMPLES:
                 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and
                      transport.
                 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
                      Connect  to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port
                      8000.
                 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
                      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
                      domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
              FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
              Set  this  to  'disable'  in order to stop the VIDIX driver from
              controlling alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate  it
              yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
              FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
              FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       DISPLAY
              The name of the display to which the GUI should connect.

       HOME   The home directory of the current user.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

FILES
       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
              MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
              MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
              input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
              GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.gain
              for  audio files not containing ReplayGain data, add a line with
              replay gain and filename separated by a space character, e.g.

              +1.50 /home/me/music/Song.mp3

       ~/.mplayer/gui.history
              GUI directory history

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
              GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/gui.url
              GUI URL list

       ~/.mplayer/font/
              font directory (There must be a font.desc file  and  files  with
              .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
              cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
       Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
       mplayer br:////path/to/disc
       mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You  can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/cdrom'
       to match the CD-ROM device on your system.  If your  external  receiver
       supports decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via cdda://
       without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply  with  a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS
       Don't  panic.   If  you find one, report it to us, but please make sure
       you have read all of the documentation first.  Also look out  for  smi-
       leys.  :)  Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter us-
       age.  The bug reporting section of the documentation (http://www.mplay-
       erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug
       reports.

AUTHORS
       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS  file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2019 The MPlayer Team

       This  man  page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
       Biurrun.  It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send  mails  about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.

The MPlayer Project               2019-03-09                        MPlayer(1)

Generated by dwww version 1.14 on Thu Jan 23 08:18:57 CET 2025.